WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORP
10-K, 2000-03-30
EDUCATIONAL SERVICES
Previous: WHOLESALE AUTO RECEIVABLES CORP, 10-K, 2000-03-30
Next: SEAVIEW UNDERWATER RESEARCH INC, 10-K405, 2000-03-30




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             Washington, D.C. 20549
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   FORM 10-K

|X|  ANNUAL REPORT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE
     ACT OF 1934

     For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999

                                       OR

|_|  TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13 OR  15(d)  OF THE  SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ______________ to ______________

                       Commission file number: 000-29342

                         WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

             NEVADA                                          91-1772094
  (State or other jurisdiction                            (I.R.S. employer
of incorporation or organization)                       identification number)

                          14675 Interurban Avenue South
                           Seattle, Washington, 98168
               (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (206) 901-3000


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 Title of each class                  Name of each exchange on which registered
 -------------------                  -----------------------------------------
       None                                           None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                          Common Stock, $.001 par value
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                (Title of Class)

     Indicate by check mark  whether the  registrant:  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [ ] N [ ]

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best  of  the  registrant's   knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K.

     Aggregate   market  value  of  the   Registrant's   Common  Stock  held  by
non-affiliates as of February 29 was approximately $8,914,721.20.  The number of
shares of the Registrant's Common Shares outstanding as of December 31, 1999 was
63,761,448.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

         Parts of the following  documents are incorporated by reference to Part
III of this Form 10-K:  (1) Proxy  Statement to be filed for  registrant's  1999
Annual Meeting of Stockholders.


<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


Item 1.  Business ............................................................1

Item 2.  Properties .........................................................15

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings ..................................................15

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders ................17

Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity And Related
          Stockholder Matters ...............................................18

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data ............................................18

Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
          Condition and Results of Operations ...............................19

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ........................28

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on
          Accounting and Financial Disclosure ...............................28

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant .................29

Item 11. Executive Compensation Summary of Cash and
           Certain Other Compensation .......................................33

Item 12. Security Ownership Of Certain Beneficial Owners
           And Management ...................................................36

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions .....................36

Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, And
           Reports On Form 8-K ..............................................37




<PAGE>

Note Regarding Forward Looking Information

This report contains  forward-looking  statements  within the meaning of Section
27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") and Section
21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). Any
statements  that express or involve  discussions  with  respect to  predictions,
expectations,  beliefs,  plans,  objectives,  assumptions  or  future  events or
performance  (often, but not always,  using words and phrases such as "expects,"
"believe,"   "believes,"  "plan"  "plans,"   "anticipate,"   "anticipates,"  "is
anticipated," or stating that certain actions,  events or results "will," "may,"
"should,"  or "can"  be  taken,  occur or be  achieved)  are not  statements  of
historical  fact  and  may  be  "forward-looking   statements."  Forward-looking
statements are based on expectations, estimates and projections of the Company's
management  at the time the  statements  are made that involve a number of risks
and  uncertainties  which  could  cause  actual  results  or  events  to  differ
materially from those  anticipated by the Company.  Such risks and uncertainties
include,  but are not limited to, the Company's  working capital  deficiency and
liquidity  constraints,  the effect that volatility in the stock market may have
on the interest of customers in the  Company's  seminars,  products and services
and on the Company's own investments, the Company's ability to manage its growth
and to integrate recent acquisitions, fluctuations in the commercial real estate
market,  risks of the hotel  business  and  failure of recently  acquired  hotel
properties  to perform as  expected,  the  influence  on the  management  of the
Company by Wade B. Cook, the Company's CEO, the possibility of adverse  outcomes
in pending or threatened  litigation and regulatory  investigations  and actions
involving the Company,  consequences  associated  with the  Company's  policy of
committing  available cash to additional  investments,  lack of liquidity in the
Company's  investments and other risks and  uncertainties  discussed  herein and
those  detailed  in the  Company's  other  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission
filings.  Investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking
statements,  which reflect management's  analysis,  estimates and opinions as of
the date hereof. The Company undertakes no obligation to update  forward-looking
statements if  circumstances,  or management's  analysis,  estimates or opinions
should change.  For the convenience of the reader,  the Company has attempted to
identify  forward-looking  statements  contained in this report with an asterisk
(*). However,  the omission of an asterisk should not be presumed to mean that a
statement is not a  forward-looking  statement within the meaning of Section 27A
of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act.


<PAGE>

Item 1.  Business

Overview

Wade Cook Financial  Corporation (formerly known as Profit Financial Corp.) is a
Nevada holding company.  Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms "WCFC"
and "the Company" refer to Wade Cook Financial  Corporation and its consolidated
subsidiaries.  The Company's  principal  executive  offices are located at 14675
Interurban  Avenue  South,  Seattle,  Washington  98168-4664,  and its telephone
number at that address is (206) 901-3000.

Prior to December 1997, the Company was  incorporated  in the state of Utah. The
Company's  most  significant  subsidiary is Stock Market  Institute of Learning,
Inc.  ("SMIL"),  formerly known as Wade Cook Seminars,  Inc.,  through which the
Company conducts educational seminars,  produces and sells video and audio tapes
and  distributes  books and other  written  materials  focusing on financial and
personal wealth creation strategies.

In addition, the Company has several publishing  subsidiaries that publish books
and other written materials relating to personal finance,  inspirational  themes
and other topics.  The Company also provides  subscription based Internet access
and paging services and maintains an information network on the Internet.

The Company's  investments  include  ownership of minority  interests in hotels,
marketable  securities,  real  estate,  oil and gas, and other  venture  capital
partnerships and private companies.

Acquisition  of Stock Market  Institute of Learning,  Inc. In 1995,  the Company
acquired  all the issued and  outstanding  capital  stock of SMIL (then known as
United Support Association,  Inc.), a corporation controlled by Wade B. Cook and
in exchange  transferred to Mr. Cook a controlling  interest in the Company. The
transaction  was accounted for as a reverse merger  acquisition.  As a result of
the  reverse  merger,  the  Company  became  SMIL's  parent  and the  historical
financial  results  of SMIL  became  the  historical  financial  results  of the
Company.

Other Acquisitions.

In August 1997,  the Company was assigned all  interests and rights in Worldwide
Publishers,  Inc.  ("Worldwide"),  a publisher of  inspirational  and childrens'
books, Origin Book Sales, Inc.  ("Origin"),  a seller of books, audio cassettes,
art and software and the exclusive distributor for Worldwide ("Worldwide"); Gold
Leaf Press,  Inc. ("Gold Leaf"),  a publisher of fiction and non-fiction  books;
and Ideal Travel Concepts, Inc. ("Ideal"), a provider of travel related services
and travel agent training.  The aggregate  consideration  in these  acquisitions
consisted  of a  cancellation  of  $275,000 in  indebtedness  to the Company and
423,294 shares of the Company's common stock.

Also in August  1997,  the  Company  acquired  an  aggregate  of 769,231  shares
(approximately 5.1%) of the common stock of Interjet Net Corporation  ("Interjet
Net"), a wireless,  high speed Internet  access  provider,  for a total purchase
price of $1,500,000.  In 1999, the Company sold approximately  635,831 shares of
common  stock in  Interjet  Net and  used  the  proceeds  to fund  recent  stock
acquisitions and pay various operational  expenses.  The aggregate proceeds from
the sale of the Interjet Net stock was $3,177,992.57.

In January 1998, the Company acquired Quantum  Marketing,  Inc.  ("Quantum"),  a
corporation  that provides  local  marketing of SMIL products and services.  The
Company  acquired  all the issued and  outstanding  capital  stock of Quantum in
exchange for 45,000 shares of the Company's  common stock for a deemed  purchase
price of $189,000.

In January 1998,  the Company was assigned all interests in  Information  Quest,
Inc.  ("IQ"),  a  corporation  that  markets  a paging  service  which  provides
subscribers with up-to-date stock market and financial information.  The Company
received  all the issued and  outstanding  capital  stock of IQ in exchange  for
45,000  shares of the  Company's  common  stock for a deemed  purchase  price of
$188,000.



                                       1
<PAGE>

During 1998, the Company acquired majority interests in several hotel properties
located in the western United States in exchange for cash, and in some cases, in
exchange for  relinquishing or reducing certain  interests in other  properties.
See "Business - Hotels and Commercial  Real Estate."  Reference is made to Notes
Q, R and S of the  Notes to  Financial  Statements  included  in Item 14 of this
report for further information  concerning the above acquisitions.  In May 1999,
the Company sold its majority  interest in the  Fairfield  Inn in Provo Utah for
$800,000.  The Company  received  $600,000 of the purchase  price in the form of
cash, debt assumption,  and the payment of management fees. The remainder of the
purchase price was paid in the form of a parcel of undeveloped land appraised at
$200,000 which is located in Temp View Quail Valley Drive,  Provo,  Utah. During
December 1999, the Company sold its majority hotel  interests in the Bestwestern
Macarren House, the Four Points by Sheraton,  St. George, and the Airport Ramada
Suites.  The  Company  sold  the  three  hotels  for  a  total  sales  price  of
$12,700,000, of which $9,890,000 represented debt assumed by the buyer.

In August 1998, the Company  acquired a fifty percent (50%) interest in Standard
American  Oil  Company  ("Standard")  for a total  purchase  price of  $750,000.
Standard is engaged in the business of developing and marketing asphalt patching
products.   In  December  1999,  the  Company  determined  this  venture  to  be
unprofitable and has decided to write off its investment.

In addition,  during  1998,  the Company made  minority  investments  in two oil
wells.  The Company  discovered that one of these wells is  contaminated  with a
mineral called benidite and is unlikely become  operational,  if at all, without
significant capital  expenditures.  Consequently in 1999, the Company decided to
write off its investment in the contaminated oil well.

Sale of Entity Planners, Inc.

In June 1998, the Company,  through SMIL entered into a Stock Purchase/Licensing
Agreement  pursuant to which it divested its interest in Entity  Planners,  Inc.
("EPI") in exchange for $250,000.  Under the Licensing portion of the Agreement,
the Company entered into a five year licensing  agreement  pursuant to which the
Company was entitled to receive up to an aggregate of  $17,470,000  in licensing
fees.  Berry,  Childers,  &  Associates  was  the  purchaser  of  EPI.  EPI  was
subsequently sold to the Anderson Law Group, P.C. ("ALG").  In June of 1999, the
five year  licensing  agreement  was mutually  terminated by the parties and the
Company  entered  into a temporary  licensing  arrangement  with EPI.  Under the
temporary  licensing  arrangement,  the Company receives payments in the form of
marketing  fees equal to 35% of EPI's  gross  proceeds.  The  Company  currently
conducts  business  in  association  with EPI under  the terms of the  temporary
licensing arrangement.

The Company regularly evaluates other acquisition and investment  opportunities,
and additional cash resources may be devoted to pursuing such opportunities.  In
the fourth quarter of 1999, the Company,  through SMIL,  executed  agreements to
invest in three private companies. The investments are as follows: 80,000 shares
of  E-automate,  Inc.  common  stock at  $240,000  acquired  through  a  private
placement;  450,000  shares  of  Surfbuzz.com,  Inc.  common  stock at  $450,000
acquired through a private placement; and 75,000 shares of CeriStar, Inc. common
stock at $150,000  acquired through a private  placement.  In December 1999, the
Company paid $40,000 to  E-automate  and $150,000 to Ceristar for common  stock,
the  remaining  balance due for the above stock  purchases  was not funded until
January 2000 and is not reflected in the 1999 financial  statements.  In January
2000, the Company purchased an additional 100,000 shares of Surfbuzz.com  common
stock and  50,000  shares  of  Ceristar,  Inc.  common  stock for an  additional
$100,000  respectively.  E-automate is a software  manufacturer  that integrates
small business operations. Surfbuzz.com is a world wide web search engine access
tool. Ceristar is a company engaged in integrating  telecommunications  systems.
This Investment is accounted for using the Cost Method.

Strategy

The Company  provides  financial  education  and stock market  strategies to the
growing  number of  individual  investors  in the U.S.  According  to the United
States Federal  Reserve,  the value of household  corporate  equity holdings has
increased from $903 billion in 1980 to $4.78 trillion in 1996.  Furthermore,  in
1999 the Federal  Reserve Board  estimated  that 28% of household  wealth in the
United States was in the form of



                                       2
<PAGE>

stock  investments,  a figure up 12% from 1990. The Company believes this is due
to population  increases within the United States, the fact that the "baby-boom"
generation is entering mid-life, the prolonged growth of the U.S. economy during
the 1990s,  and the recent  growth in the market value of corporate  securities.
The Company has attempted to position  itself to benefit from these trends.  The
majority of the  Company's  programs,  products  and  services  are based on the
financial  and trading  strategies  of its founder,  Wade B. Cook.  Mr. Cook has
developed  these  programs and products  based on his belief that people want to
learn how to: (a)  increase  their  wealth by  increasing  their cash flow;  (b)
minimize their federal and state income taxes; (c) use entities,  such as Nevada
corporations,  family limited partnerships,  living trusts,  qualified pensions,
and  charitable  remainder  trusts,  to protect  their  assets;  (d) retire with
sufficient income to maintain a comfortable  standard of living; and (e) pass on
their  accumulated  wealth to their  loved  ones  without  the  complexities  of
probate.

The Company  will seek to expand  market  share for its  existing  products  and
services  and to create new products and  services  that  complement  and extend
existing  lines.*  The  Company  expects to improve  its bottom line by reducing
overhead,  restructuring its subsidiaries for maximum efficiency, employing more
focused marketing and advertising efforts,  using existing distribution channels
and enhancing  customer  service.* In order to accomplish these objectives,  the
Company has initiated a strategic plan consisting of the following elements:

     o    Making strategic acquisitions, divestitures, and alliances in order to
          extend  product lines that  complement  the Company's core business of
          financial education;

     o    Developing new products and services;

     o    Acquiring licenses for additional books, audio tapes, seminars,  video
          tapes and other  intellectual  property  from Mr.  Cook and  others in
          order  to  expand  the  scope  of  financial  education  available  to
          customers of the Company;

     o    Maximizing  Company  resources  by hosting  Company  seminars at fewer
          locations which have larger populations;

     o    Diversifying  the authors and seminar leaders  promoted by the Company
          in order to offer students a choice of investment  strategies,  styles
          and philosophies; and

     o    Making more efficient use of administrative resources.*

The Company  intends  primarily to  concentrate  on improving  services  offered
through its core business of financial education.* The Company believes that the
addition of Information  Quest,  Inc., a wholly owned  subsidiary of the Company
that  provides  pager  services,  has and will continue to enhance the Company's
opportunities for growth and complement the Company's core business of financial
education in the upcoming year.*

In 1997 and 1998,  with the view to  diversifying  its asset  base,  the Company
acquired  interests in several hotel  properties in the western  United  States.
During May and December of 1999, the Company sold four of these hotel properties
in an effort to refocus the Company with respect to its core area of  competency
in the  financial  education  market.  Currently,  the Company is assessing  its
options  with  respect to the  minority  interest it holds in  Hampton/Fairfield
Inns, Woods Cross Fairfield Inn, and Park City Hampton Inn & Suites.

Business Segments and Principal Subsidiaries

The Company's core business is financial  education,  which it conducts  through
its seminar and publishing  segments.  This core business is  complemented  by a
pager   service  that   provides   up-to-date   financial   information   and  a
subscription-based  web site,  the  Wealth  Information  Network  ("WIN"),  that
provides  additional  information  about the strategies  taught in the Company's
seminars and publications.



                                       3
<PAGE>

The  following  table  shows,  for the years  ended  1999,  1998 and  1997,  the
percentage of revenues  derived from each business  segment in which the Company
operates:

       Business Segment                        1999       1998      1997
       ----------------                        ----       ----      ----
       Seminars                                 70%       65%        65%
       Product Sales (1)                        14%       18%        31%
       Travel Services                           3%        5%        4%-
       Hotels (2)                                5%        3%          -
       Pager Services (2)                        6%        8%          -
       Other (2) (3)                             2%        1%          -
- ---------------
(1)  Includes WIN
(2)  Represents revenues of a business segment of the Company acquired in 1998.
(3)  Consists principally of sales from retail bookstores


The Company's principal subsidiaries are engaged in the following activities:

     o    Financial education seminars;
     o    Publishing;
     o    Retail;
     o    Commercial real estate;
     o    Various non-real estate investments; and
     o    Support services; and
     o    Multi-speaker Education Conventions


At December 31, 1999, the Company's wholly-owned subsidiaries were:

<TABLE>
                                                                                             State of
Corporate Name (1)                                Principal Business                       Incorporation
- --------------                                    ------------------                       -------------
<S>                                               <C>                                       <C>
Stock Market Institute of Learning, Inc.          Financial Education Seminars                 Nevada
Lighthouse Publishing Group, Inc.                 Publishing                                   Nevada
Left Coast Advertising, Inc.                      Support Services/Advertising                 Nevada
Bountiful Investment Group, Inc.                  Commercial Real Estate                       Nevada
Ideal Travel Concepts, Inc.                       Support Services (Travel Agency)             Nevada
Origin Book Sales, Inc.                           Publishing/Distribution                       Utah
Worldwide Publishers, Inc.                        Publishing                                    Utah
Gold Leaf Press, Inc.                             Publishing                                   Nevada
Get Ahead Bookstores, Inc.(3)                     Retail (bookstores)                          Nevada
Semper Financial, Inc. (2)                        Multi-speaker Education Conventions          Nevada
Information Quest, Inc.                           Retail (pagers)                              Nevada
American Newsletter Co., Inc. (2)                 Publishing                                   Nevada
Unlimited Potential, Inc. (2)                     Commercial Real Estate                       Nevada
Hotel Associates Management #1, Inc. (2)          Commercial Real Estate                       Nevada
American Publisher's Network, Inc. (2)            Publishing                                   Nevada
Forward Thinking Group, Inc. (2)                  Retail Sales                                 Nevada
Money Works, Inc. (2)                             Support Services                             Nevada
Entity Planners International, Inc. (2)           Commercial Real Estate                       Nevada
Wade Cook Financial Education Center, Inc.        Retail (education centers)                   Nevada
Winvest Centers, Inc. (2)                         Retail Sales                                 Nevada
Wade Cook Financial Education Network (2)         Publishing                                   Nevada
Quantum Marketing, Inc.                           Support Services                             Nevada
</TABLE>
- --------------------------

(1)  Information  in the table does not  include  entities  in which the Company
     owns a partial interest. These entities are:
     (a)  Airport Lodging  Associates,  L.L.C., a limited  liability  company in
          which WCSI is a 25% member;
     (b)  Evergreen Lodging L.P., a limited partnership in which WCSI owns a 65%
          limited partnership interest and in which an affiliate Wade B. Cook is
          General  Partner;
     (c)  FSS L.P., a limited partnership in which Unlimited Potential, Inc. has
          a 2% interest and is the General Partner;



                                       4
<PAGE>

     (d)  Interurban  Land Project L.P., a limited  partnership  in which Entity
          Planners International, Inc. has 100% interest and is General Partner;

     (e)  Reno F.I.S.,  L.P., a limited partnership in which Unlimited Potential
          Inc. has a 2% limited partnership interest and is the General Partner,
          and in which Hotel Associate  Management #1, Inc. is a 50% owner and a
          limited partner;

     (f)  Rising Tide L.P.,  a limited  partnership,  in which  Entity  Planners
          International,  Inc. has a 1% interest and is the General  Partner and
          in  which  Bountiful   Investment   Group,  Inc.  has  a  99%  limited
          partnership interest;

     (g)  Seattle-Tacoma  Executive  Properties,  L.P., a limited partnership in
          which Entity Planners International,  Inc. owns a 100% interest and is
          the General Partner; and

     (h)  Sherlock Home  Builders,  L.P., a limited  partnership in which Entity
          Planners  International,  Inc. own a 100%  interest and is the General
          Partner  and which  owns the  building  that  serves as the  Company's
          principal office.

(2)  No financial activity in 1999,  although activities were carried out in the
     names of certain of these corporations by SMIL or other WCFC entities.

(3)  Entities  that were  liquidated  in the forth  quarter  of 1999,  and whose
     operations were consolidated into the operations of SMIL.


Financial Education Seminar Businesses

Stock Market Institute of Learning, Inc.

Stock Market Institute of Learning,  Inc. ("SMIL") creates,  designs,  produces,
owns, markets and sponsors a variety of seminars, clinics, and workshops focused
on educating customers on various financial techniques and strategies. SMIL also
produces and sells audio tapes and video tapes and  distributes  books and other
materials  designed  to  reinforce  and  complement  the  ideas  taught  in  the
educational seminars.

By December of 1999,  SMIL had conducted  2,700  seminars  throughout the United
States.  In October of 1999 in order to  streamline  its seminar  business,  the
Company  made the  decision  to reduce the number of  locations  where it offers
seminar services. Currently, the Company visits only the 25 most populous cities
within the United States. The subject matter of the Company's seminars generally
falls into three basic categories:

     o    stock market trading strategies;
     o    real estate trading strategies; and
     o    general trading strategies.

The stock market trading strategy seminars include the following:

     o    The Financial Clinic is a two-and-one half hour seminar explaining the
          financial  education  products and services  offered by SMIL and which
          provides an  introduction  to  strategies  for  investing in the stock
          market,  including  strategies regarding rolling stock, covered calls,
          and options.  The typical  attendance  fee for the seminar ranges from
          $12 to $33.

     o    The Wall Street  Workshop  ("WSWS") is a two-day seminar which teaches
          students how to create income using specific  stock market  strategies
          such as the  strategies  set forth in Mr. Wade B. Cook's books,  "Wall
          Street Money Machine" and "Stock Market  Miracles."  WSWS students are
          taught basic stock market terminology and stock market strategies. The
          workshop  features   instruction,   demonstration  of  strategies  and
          extensive  practice  through "paper  trades." The cost of this seminar
          ranges  up  $5,695  depending  on the  seminar  options  chosen by the
          attendee.

     o    Youth  Wall  Street  is a  version  of the Wall  Street  Workshop  for
          teenagers  focusing on teaching teens how the financial  markets work,
          and how they can  experience  the  market  themselves  through  making
          trades on paper.  Admission  to Youth Wall  Street is offered  free to
          high school  business clubs and similar groups as a community  service
          by the Company. Attendance is free for children 18 years old and under
          who  are  accompanied  by  a  paying  adult.  Otherwise,  the  typical
          attendance fee for this seminar is $1,695.

     o    Fortify Your Income ("FYI") is a five to six hour seminar.  FYI allows
          students to review the strategies  taught at the Wall Street  Workshop
          from different angles. FYI is offered as a free



                                       5
<PAGE>

          refresher  course to graduates of WSWS and Wealth U. If not taken as a
          refresher course, the retail price for this seminar is $1,995.

     o    The Next Step is a two day seminar for  participants who have attended
          the WSWS. The Next Step presents advanced stock market strategies in a
          forum that  allows  students  to  actively  participate,  focusing  on
          technicals,   charting   patterns,   and   presentation   of  advanced
          strategies.  The  attendance fee is $2,495 for WSWS graduates and $695
          for Wealth U graduates (formerly "Cook University") respectively.

The  Company  maintains  several  brokerage  accounts  that is uses  during  its
seminars to demonstrate the various financial  strategies offered.  These trades
are  posted  on  the  Company's   subscription   internet  service,  the  Wealth
Information Network, along with a brief description of the strategy used and the
reason for making the trade.  Although the Company uses its best efforts to make
profitable trades in these brokerage accounts, the primary purpose of the trades
is educational.

The real estate investment strategy seminars include the following:

     o    Building  Perpetual  Income is a three-hour  workshop which summarizes
          cash-flow  strategies  related to the real estate market. The workshop
          introduces  Real Estate  Bootcamp  which is typically  offered free of
          charge to allow  prospective  customers  to become  familiar  with the
          SMIL's real estate strategies.

     o    Real Estate  Bootcamp is a two and one-half day event which provides a
          detailed analysis of the strategies  outlined in Mr. Cook's book "Real
          Estate  Money  Machine."  The class often takes field trips to various
          local  sites in an effort to  familiarize  students  with the types of
          real estate  available on the market.  The typical  attendance fee for
          this seminar ranges from $3,495 to $4,495.

     o    The Real Estate One Day  Workshop is an event which  teaches  students
          the general strategies  outlined in Mr. Cook's book "Real Estate Money
          Machine."  Students are taught  strategies for identifying real estate
          investments and methods of turning real estate into cash-flow  system.
          The Real  Estate  One Day  Workshop  costs  between  $995  and  $1,495
          depending on the availability of discounts at the time of payment.

The Company  offers  general  investment  strategies  in a series of  individual
one-day  seminars  termed  "Support  Events." Each  individual  event retails at
$1,695, and if sold in a package of six events is offered for $10,170.

     o    The One Minute Commute ("OMC") is a one day event teaching  strategies
          for investing from home.

     o    Supercharge Otherwise Average Returns ("SOAR") is a one day event that
          teaches strategies for writing covered calls.

     o    The Day Trader  ("DT") is a one day event offered to teach day trading
          strategies.

     o    High  Impact  Trading  ("HIT")  is a one day event  that  teaches  the
          psychology of the stock market.

     o    Full Credit Spreads ("FCS") is a one day event that teaches strategies
          for using stock spreads to increase wealth.

     o    Stock  Splits  Secrets  ("SSS")  is  a  one  day  event  that  teaches
          strategies for capitalizing on stock splits.



                                       6
<PAGE>

     o    Stock  Market  Safety  Net  ("SMSN")  is a one day event  that  covers
          strategies for safely netting gains on trades in the market.

     o    Spread `n Butter ("SB") is a one day event that provides students with
          in-depth  coverage of the strategies  available for using stock market
          spreads,  and explains why covering  your option trades can limit your
          losses. This course generally retails for $2,495.

The Company intends to introduce the following Support Events in the year 2000*:

     o    Write Up Your Income ("WUYI") will be a one day event teaching methods
          for writing covered calls, puts, and spreads.

     o    Trading as a Business ("TAB") will be a one day seminar  demonstrating
          how  investing  accounts  may be set up, and how such  accounts can be
          used as a business.

As an adjunct to its more theory  based  events,  the Company  offers two events
that provide  students  with a interactive  style of learning.  These events are
called  "Bootcamps"  and allow  students to implement  strategies  taught by the
Company  using  practice  trades.  The  Bootcamps  retail  for $5,995 and are as
follows:

     o    Forge is a two day  Bootcamp  designed  to analyze  trading  habits in
          class,  and  help  identify  and  redirect  methodologies  that may be
          ineffective.

     o    Strategic Charting Bootcamp ("SCB") is a two day event that focuses on
          interpreting stock charts.

The Company  sometimes  engages in  promotions  that  permit  students to attend
seminars and other events  without charge or at a reduced rate. The Company also
packages all of the above seminars in multi-day seminar packages under the title
"Wealth U" (formerly "Cook University").  The attendance fee for Wealth U ranges
from $2,345 - $10,345  depending  on nature and  content of the seminar  package
purchased.

Seminar  Leaders.   As  of  February  29,  2000,  there  were  approximately  50
independent  contractors providing professional speaking services for SMIL. SMIL
has an extensive speaker training program that provides speakers with techniques
to enhance the value of services provided to the Company's  students.  Typically
speaker candidates are drawn from the ranks of SMIL students. The most promising
candidates tour with more experienced speakers to learn by observation and then,
if  successful,  gradually  take on  responsibilities  as "second  speakers." In
addition,  experienced  speaker trainers conduct two-day,  monthly  workshops to
allow  speakers  to continue to hone their  skills.  In order to protect  SMIL's
intellectual  property,  contracts  between SMIL and speakers  generally contain
non-compete clauses.

Products  marketed by SMIL.  SMIL's  seminars and programs are  supplemented  by
audio  tapes,  video  cassettes,  books and  other  printed  materials  that are
licensed to SMIL.  These materials  provide  students with  reinforcement of the
concepts, strategies and philosophies that are taught in the Company's seminars.

The books  promoted and marketed by SMIL include  best-selling  books written by
Wade Cook such as "The Wall Street  Money  Machine,"  "Stock  Market  Miracles,"
"Bear Market  Baloney,"  "Business Buy the Bible" and "Safety First  Investing."
SMIL also distributes a wide range of books and publications written by Mr. Cook
on a variety of trading and business topics. The books are primarily distributed
through sales at the seminars, product catalogues, and third party bookstores.

The audio tapes  promoted  and sold by SMIL and authored by Wade B. Cook include
the multi-media audio-tape seminars "Financial Fortress Home Study" and "Zero to
Zillions." In addition, SMIL sells single tapes that generally address the ideas
and concepts taught in its seminars.  Mr. Cook is the primary speaker in each of
these tapes.  From time to time, SMIL  distributes free "update tapes" as a tool
to support



                                       7
<PAGE>

its students'  continuing  education,  markets new SMIL products and maintains a
strong connection with the SMIL customer base.

The videotapes  promoted and sold by SMIL include the multi-tape  video versions
of SMIL's Wall Street Workshop, The Next Step, Red Light/Green Light, and Spread
`n Butter, as well as single-tape videos on a variety of investment topics.

Sales and Marketing. SMIL creates interest and demand for its programs, products
and services  through a mix of radio and  television  advertising,  direct mail,
trade  shows,   Internet   marketing,   flyers,   sports  promotion,   billboard
advertising,  and  sponsorship of charitable  organizations.  SMIL's sales force
includes approximately 100 representatives who respond to customer inquiries via
phone, e-mail, Internet web-site, and facsimile. Furthermore, the sales force is
trained to  follow-up  with  existing  clients and to promote new  products  and
services, providing service from 6:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. Pacific Time. SMIL sales
representatives generally receive between 1,000 and 4,000 calls a day.

     o    Radio  advertising  is one of SMIL's  primary  means of promoting  its
          seminars.  In September of 1999, the Company began to target its radio
          advertising  to the 25 most populous  cities where it holds  seminars.
          Radio spots are frequently  supplemented by radio  infomercials  which
          typically  promote a financial  seminar being held in the local market
          and provide a toll-free  telephone number.  Radio advertising is often
          used in  coordination  with direct mail marketing  efforts in order to
          maximize  sales  efforts  and  name  recognition   within  the  target
          population.

     o    Television.  The Company uses limited local television  advertising to
          attract  interest in its services,  and to create name awareness.  The
          Company anticipates increasing its use of local television advertising
          in the year 2000,  but currently has no specific  plans to do so.* The
          Company also anticipates  advertising  using national media by placing
          spots on popular financial information/news channels.*

     o    Direct mail marketing is used by SMIL to market the full complement of
          its  products,  programs  and  services to its  customer  list of over
          940,038 individuals. These marketing campaigns are developed by SMIL's
          centralized Marketing Department. SMIL continues to direct mail market
          to its existing customer base spread throughout the United States, but
          has  narrowed  direct  mail  marketing  efforts  with  respect  to new
          customers  by  targeting  only the 25 most  populous  cities where the
          Company's seminars are held.

     o    Trade  shows  have  recently  been  used by SMIL to  market  services.
          Typically,  SMIL  participates  in  trade  shows  held  at  convention
          centers,  fairgrounds, and sports arenas where it rents space from the
          trade show sponsors.  During 1999, the Company participated in 6 trade
          shows within the United States.

     o    Internet marketing was important aspect of SMIL's marketing program in
          1999,  with a focus on its Internet  web site at  http://wadecook.com.
          The site contains information about the SMIL's programs,  products and
          services,  some of which potential  customers may purchase online.  In
          addition,  subscribers to the Company's Wealth Information Network may
          access WIN through the web site.  In the future,  the SMIL  intends to
          expand the list of items available for purchase on its web site.*

     o    Sport  promotion.  SMIL  reduced its use of marketing  through  sports
          promotion  in  1999.   However,   the  Company  did  maintain  limited
          sponsorship  programs,  including sponsorship of the Seattle Mariners,
          and the Joe Morgan Celebrity Golf Tournament in Sacramento California.
          Through  the  use  of  sports  promotion,   SMIL  has  tried  to  gain
          visibility,  as well  as the  opportunity  to  promote  services  with
          giveaways of books, audiotapes and other promotional materials.



                                       8
<PAGE>

     o    Flyers  and  Billboard  Advertising  is used by  SMIL  to  market  its
          financial seminars.  Typically, flyers are placed in community centers
          and other public  places a few weeks prior to the date of the seminar.
          The  Company's  billboard  advertising  is  primarily  focused  in the
          Seattle  and  Tacoma,   Washington  markets.   The  Company  does  not
          anticipate that it will use these types of advertising in the future.*

     o    Sponsorship  of  Charitable   Organizations.   In  1999,  the  Company
          sponsored  the Boys and Girls  Club.  Through  the use of  sponsorship
          activities,  SMIL  has  strengthened  name  recognition  in the  local
          community, and has been able to promote its services with giveaways of
          books, audiotapes and other promotional materials.

In addition to the foregoing,  the Company believes that a significant amount of
its  seminar  business is  attributable  to "word of mouth"  advertising  by its
seminar students.

Semper Financial Corporation

Semper  Financial,  Inc.  ("SFI").  In January 1999, the Company launched SFI, a
wholly owned subsidiary, that creates, designs, produces, and sponsors a variety
of seminars,  clinics,  and workshops focused on educating  customers on various
financial  techniques and strategies.  SFI offers multi-day,  regional financial
education  conventions  to SMIL students and others  interested in trading.  The
multi-day  conventions  feature a  condensed  cross-section  of  SMIL's  seminar
speakers and topics  allowing  prospective  students to  experience a variety of
SMIL's  products  and  seminars  in a short  time.  In 1999,  SFI held 10 events
throughout the United States.

Money Works, Inc.

Money Works,  Inc.,  a wholly  owned  subsidiary,  was  incorporated  to present
seminars that cater to beginners in the financial market. Moneywork's events act
as primers to the Wallstreet Workshop, helping students to build a foundation on
which to learn about the  Company's  stock market  strategies.  Students will be
encouraged  to take these events  before  tackling the more  advanced  materials
presented at SMIL's seminars.  Moneyworks also will be marketing the "Simutrade"
software developed by Dave Hebert.*

Publishing Businesses

The WCFC publishing  subsidiaries focus their activities in the following areas:
business,  finance,  self-improvement,   religious  and  spiritual  and  general
interest non-fiction.

Lighthouse Publishing Group, Inc.

Lighthouse is engaged in the business of producing and publishing  books, and to
a limited extent,  audio and video tapes.  Publications by Lighthouse  generally
concern topics such as business, finance, real estate and self improvement. Many
of the current books  published by Lighthouse  are authored by Mr. Cook and have
appeared on various best seller lists.  Lighthouse  carries  additional  authors
including John J. Childers, Jr., Dave Hebert, John Huddleston,  Bob Eldridge and
Renee  Knapp.  Lighthouse  intends to retain more authors and to expand into new
categories of interest in 2000.*



                                       9
<PAGE>

Worldwide Publishers, Inc.

Worldwide is engaged in the publishing business under the identifying publishing
insignias Aspen Books and Buckeroo Books. Aspen Books publishes  religious books
or books with  spiritual  emphasis  targeted  primarily  to members of  regional
religious communities. Buckeroo Books publishes primarily childrens' books.

Origin Book Sales, Inc.

Origin is a book distribution  company that sells books on consignment and sells
books, audio cassettes, art, and software in the retail market. Origin primarily
distributes  products  for  Worldwide  and  is  the  exclusive   distributor  of
Worldwide's  products.  Origin is also the distributor of Lighthouse  Publishing
Group, Inc.

Gold Leaf Press, Inc.

Gold  Leaf  publishes  non-fiction  books in the  inspirational,  self-help  and
parenting categories, as well as some fiction.

Information Services

Wealth Information Network ("WIN")

The Company  operates  WIN, a  subscription  based online  service  which can be
accessed  via the internet 24 hours a day.  WIN  provides  detailed  information
illustrating  trading techniques taught by the Company,  its subsidiaries and by
Mr. Cook  personally  as discussed  in "Wall  Street  Money  Machine" and "Stock
Market  Miracles."  WIN also  provides  stock  information  and  updates  on the
Company's  programs  and  products,  including a schedule of events and seminars
provided by SMIL.

Information Quest, Inc.

IQ operates a  subscription  based paging  service that uses standard  pagers to
distribute  up-to-the  minute stock quotes and other  financial  information  to
customers.  The paging  services are  marketed  solely to students of SMIL as an
additional  tool  for  their  investing  activities.   In  addition,  IQ  offers
subscriptions to an authorized Internet service provider called "IQ Connect." In
the  year  2000,  IQ  anticipates  improving  its  existing  pager  services  by
capitalizing  on new  interactive  technology  that will provide  customers with
greater personal options.*

Retail Locations

Wade Cook Financial Education Centers, Inc. ("WCFEC")

In 1999, the Company,  through WCFEC,  operated  educational centers that housed
the WINvest Centers (online resource  centers used by SMIL students),  Get Ahead
Bookstores (see below) and sales facilities for the sale of SMIL products.

Get Ahead Bookstores, Inc. ("Get Ahead").

In 1999, Get Ahead  Bookstores,  Inc.  operated three retail  bookstores  housed
within the Wade Cook Financial  Education  Centers at Seattle,  Tacoma and Santa
Anna. In late 1999, Get Ahead's operations were consolidated into SMIL.



                                       10
<PAGE>

Hotels and Commercial Real Estate

Hotels:

The  following  table  lists the hotel  properties  held in WCFC  entities as of
December 31, 1999:

<TABLE>
Property                              Rooms     Location              Manager                   % owned
- --------                              -----     --------              -------                   -------
<S>                                    <C>      <C>                   <C>                       <C>
Hampton Inn/Fairfield Inn              126      Murray, UT            Western States Lodging       12%
Woods Cross Fairfield Inn               80      Woods Cross, UT       Western States Lodging       7%
Park City Hampton Inn & Suites          81      Park City, UT         Western States Lodging       4%
</TABLE>


In addition to the ownership of the hotel  properties,  WCFC entities also hold,
for investment purposes, the following parcel of real estate:

     A 65% interest in a limited  partnership  that owns an  undeveloped  lot at
     7200 South in Salt Lake City, Utah.

Commercial Real Estate:

Also WCFC,  through  several of its limited  partnerships,  holds the  following
parcels of real property for the development of residential housing:

     o    Sherlock  Homes  LP owns  100%  of two  undeveloped  residential  lots
          located at Snoqualmie Ridge in Issaquah, Washington.

     o    Seattle-Tacoma  Executive  Properties  LP ("STEP")  has entered into a
          contract to  purchase  two  undeveloped  residential  lots  located at
          Snoqualmie Ridge in Issaquah, Washington. STEP has deposited monies in
          escrow to secure the properties; however, escrow closing is subject to
          final approval by the seller.

Support Services

Ideal Travel Concepts, Inc.

Ideal provides  travel related  services  including  domestic and  international
airline  reservations,  car rental  reservations,  tour  packages,  and cruises.
Although the Company is Ideal's primary client,  Ideal holds contracts with over
18,000  independent  travel agents which have access to Ideal's  travel  related
services.  In addition to travel services,  Ideal markets and sells travel agent
training packages for individuals  wishing to become  independent travel agents.
Ideal is currently  working to benefit from the growth in the volume of business
travel  booked  on-line.  Ideal  plans  on  adding  state  of the  art  internet
technology  to attract  internet  based  business  and  leisure  travel,  and on
attracting top management in the travel market.*

Left Coast Advertising, Inc.

Left Coast is engaged in the business of producing and placing advertising spots
using various media;  including,  radio,  television,  newspapers and magazines.
Left Coast was formed to allow WCFC to take  advantage of the agency  commission
on media purchases. Left Coast is a fully licensed advertising agency whose only
client is the  Company and the  Company's  subsidiaries.  Left Coast  intends to
attract clients other than the Company during 2000, but has not yet done so.*

Competition

The financial educational seminar industry is highly competitive.  The market in
which the Company operates is fragmented and decentralized  with low barriers to
entry.  The Company's  competitors  include other  companies and individuals who
promote  and  conduct  seminars  and  provide  products  on topics  relating  to
investments,  financial  planning and personal  wealth  management.  Some of the
Company's competitors in the



                                       11
<PAGE>

financial  educational  seminar market include Robbins  Research  International,
Online Investor Advantage, and various former speakers of the Company. There can
be no assurance  that the Company will be able to compete  successfully  against
current  or  future  competitors  or  alliances  of  such  competitors,  or that
competitive  pressures faced by the Company will not materially adversely affect
its business, operating results and financial condition.

Intellectual Property

The Company  regards its seminars,  products,  trademarks,  servicemarks,  trade
symbols and other materials as proprietary and relies primarily on a combination
of statutory and common law  protections,  such as  copyrights,  trademarks  and
trade secrets to protect its interests in such proprietary materials. While many
of the product  and trade  names are common  terms and do not afford the Company
maximum copyright and trademark protection,  the Company has taken several steps
to maximize the copyright and trademark protection available to it. For example,
the Company trains its marketing  staff to  consistently  use all the applicable
trademark  symbols.  Additionally,  the Company adopts an aggressive  litigation
stance in protecting  its  intellectual  property  rights where  warranted.  The
Company   also  relies  on  employee   and   third-party   non-competition   and
non-disclosure  agreements and other methods of protecting proprietary rights in
order to safeguard the Company's intellectual property.

The Company has an Open Ended Product  Agreement with Wade B. Cook which expires
June 30, 2002. Pursuant to the original terms of the agreement,  the Company had
a  non-exclusive  license  with Mr.  Cook to produce,  market and sell  licensed
products and  intellectual  property in exchange for payment of a royalty to Mr.
Cook equal to ten percent (10%) of gross sales of the licensed products.  On May
7, 1999, and effective  January 1, 1999, the Company and Wade B. Cook amended of
the Open Ended Product  Agreement.  The Amendment modifies the royalties payable
to Mr. Cook under the agreement from ten percent (10%) of the gross sales on all
licensed  products  to a yearly  royalty  of  $5,000,000  or 5% of gross  sales,
whichever is greater.  Furthermore,  under the terms of the Amendment,  Mr. Cook
may take draws in anticipation of future royalties up to a maximum of $1,250,000
per quarter.  On March 15, 2000,  Mr. Cook's  Open-Ended  Product  agreement was
further amended.  The Amendment modifies the royalties payable to Mr. Cook under
the Agreement to a yearly royalty of $5,000,000 or 5% of gross sales,  whichever
is lesser.  Pursuant  to this  Amendment,  the royalty  calculation  for 1999 is
retroactively adjusted.

The  license,  as amended,  continues  to grant the Company the right to use Mr.
Cook's name, likeness, identity,  trademarks and trade symbols. The agreement is
open-ended  in that it allows for future  products  developed  by Mr. Cook to be
licensed  under the same terms and  conditions  upon the execution of a "License
Order."

Royalties  are paid to Mr.  Cook on a  quarterly  basis  under  the terms of the
agreement.  In the case of draws made by Mr.  Cook  against his  royalties,  the
royalties  owing are reconciled with the draws taken on a quarterly  basis.  The
Company does not have a contract  giving it either the first right to license or
otherwise  obtain  the  right to  produce,  market or sell any  future  products
developed by Mr. Cook.

Employees

As of January 18, 2000, the Company had 316  employees,  including 251 full-time
employees, 65 part-time employees, and approximately 50 independent contractors.
None of the  Company's  employees  are  represented  by a labor  union,  and the
Company believes its employee relations to be good.

Risk Factors

Corporate Control By Wade B. Cook

Wade B. Cook is the founder, majority stockholder,  Chairman of the Board, Chief
Executive Officer and President of the Company.  Laura Cook, Mr. Cook's wife, is
the  Secretary  of  the  Company,  a  consultant  to  the  Company's   executive
management, and is also a member of the Board of Directors.



                                       12
<PAGE>

Several of Mr. Cook's relatives work at the Company.  Mr. Cook maintains control
over  many  aspects  of the  Company  including,  but not  limited  to,  setting
corporate policy,  determining strategic direction,  determining the acquisition
or sale of assets by the Company, setting the material terms of acquisitions and
determining the material  provisions of many of the Company contracts.  Mr. Cook
provides input on every product and seminar  sponsored by the Company.  Mr. Cook
also  directs  most  marketing  efforts  of the  Company  and has a  substantial
influence on the  management  of the Company.  Mr. Cook will  continue to have a
significant  influence  over the policies and procedures of the Company and will
be in a position  to  determine  the  outcome  of  corporate  actions  requiring
stockholder  approval,  including  the  election of  Directors,  the adoption of
amendments to the Company's corporate documents, the approval of mergers and the
sale of the Company assets.

Dependence on Wade B. Cook

The  Company's  business  is  highly  dependent  on  the  continuing   effective
involvement  of Mr.  Cook.  Mr.  Cook  personally  directs  most  aspects of the
Company's business.  The Company has a non-exclusive  license which expires June
30,  2002  to use Mr.  Cook's  products,  intellectual  property,  name,  image,
identity, trademarks and trade symbols which are featured prominently in many of
the Company's  services and products.  Mr. Cook is not prohibited from competing
with  the  Company  or  granting  licenses  to  competitors.   See  "Business  -
Intellectual  Property."  The  business  of  the  Company  would  be  materially
adversely affected if Mr. Cook's services were not available to the Company,  or
if Mr.  Cook  should  compete  with  the  Company  or  grant  licenses  or other
assistance to competitors.

Working Capital Deficiency, Liquidity Constraints

At December  31,  1999,  the Company  had  current  assets of $10.2  million and
current  liabilities of $13 million,  resulting in a working  capital deficit of
$2.8 million.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of  Operations - Liquidity  and Capital  Resources."  The  Company's
principal  source of cash has been from its  education  seminars and its sale of
books,  tapes and other  materials  focused on  business  strategies,  financial
planning and personal wealth management. Income provided by operations decreased
from  $3.6  million  in 1998  to  ($7.3)  million  in  1999.  This  decrease  is
attributable to decreases in the Company's revenue,  and higher than anticipated
costs in the first three quarters of 1999.

The Company's  practice of using  available cash to fund its  subsidiaries,  its
working capital deficit and the fact that the Company's seminar business has not
generated cash as in the past have resulted in constraints on liquidity,  and to
some  degree  have  had  an  effect  on the  Company's  ability  to pay  certain
obligations as they have come due.

The Company has cash  commitments  in 2000,  including  $1.4  million  primarily
reflecting  mortgage  obligations on the Company's corporate  headquarters,  and
lease  obligations of several of the Company's wholly owned  subsidiaries.  Cash
flow  from   operations  was  not  sufficient  to  satisfy  the  Company's  cash
requirements  in the fourth  quarter of 1999. In response,  the Company  reduced
overhead and restructured its seminars segment;  however,  there is no assurance
that these measures will sufficiently ease cash-flow  constraints and assist the
Company in  satisfying  its cash  requirements.  If the  Company is  required to
generate  cash  from its  non-marketable  investments  to  satisfy  its  current
obligations,  it may not be able to liquidate  investments in a timely manner or
in a manner that allows it to receive the full value of the investments. Failure
to  generate  adequate  cash  resources  could  require  the Company to cut back
operations,  delay expansion or development projects, or cause the Company to be
unable to meet its obligations when due.

Legal Proceedings and Governmental Investigations

The  Company  is  a  party  to  various  legal   proceedings  and   governmental
investigations. See Part I, Item 3 of this report. Although the Company does not
presently expect material liability in any of these matters, the outcome of such
matters is difficult to predict and subject to  uncertainty,  and the legal fees
and other



                                       13
<PAGE>

costs  involved are likely to be  material.  If the Company were found liable in
certain of these legal proceedings,  the amount of liability could be material.*
In addition,  if the Company were to be found to have violated  certain consumer
protection statutes or other laws, the Company could be required to pay material
penalties or to refund money paid by seminar  attendees within the jurisdictions
involved.  The Company could also be required to cease doing business in certain
jurisdictions  or to  significantly  change the manner in which its  business is
conducted in such  jurisdictions.  Any such result could have a material adverse
effect  on  the  Company's   financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.
Jurisdictions  in which litigation or  investigations  relating to the Company's
business  practices are in progress  include  California  Washington,  and Texas
which accounted for 18%, 4%, and 8%, respectively of the Company's seminar sales
in  1999.  In case the  Company  were  required  to cease  doing  business  in a
particular  state,  the Company  anticipates  it would  target  markets in those
states where it remains authorized to conduct business.*

Risks of Hotel Business

During 1997 and 1998, the Company began acquiring interests in hotel properties,
and it currently owns minority interests in 3 hotels. See "Business - Hotels and
Commercial  Real  Estate."  The  Company  has no prior  experience  in owning or
managing  hotels.  The Company's  hotel segment has not performed as well as the
Company anticipated,  and it has suffered losses. There can be no assurance that
the hotels will become profitable in the future.

Effect of Securities Market Conditions on the Company's Business

The  Company   believes  that  the  level  of  public   interest  in  investing,
particularly  in the  securities  markets  as well  as  electronic  trading  has
significantly   influenced  the  market  for  its  products  and  services.  The
securities markets have experienced  substantial volatility in recent periods. A
sharp  drop or  sustained  or  gradual  decline  in  securities  prices or other
developments in the securities  markets could cause  individual  investors to be
less  inclined  to invest in the  securities  markets,  which would be likely to
result in reduced  interest in the Company's  seminars and related  products and
services.  Declines in the securities  markets could also  adversely  affect the
value of the Company's investment portfolio.

Management of Growth and Integration of Acquisitions

In  1999,  the  Company's  business  declined  in terms of  revenue,  number  of
employees and scope of activities in which it engages.  During 1997, the Company
acquired all interests and rights in Worldwide, Origin, Gold Leaf and Ideal, and
during 1998, the Company  acquired all rights and interests in Get Ahead (retail
bookstores), Quantum (local sales and marketing offices) and IQ (distribution of
paging devices that distributed  stock market data).  The Company  currently has
minority  interests  in four hotels.  Additionally,  the Company has invested in
private  companies  in the oil and gas business  and other  businesses,  some of
which require continuing  attention from the Company's  management.  Some of the
acquired  businesses and  investments  have not performed as well as expected by
the  Company.  In the past,  such growth has placed  significant  strains on the
Company's management, accounting, financial and other resources and systems, and
on its cash resources and working  capital.  Failure to manage  successfully the
growth in size and scope of the Company's business and to successfully integrate
and manage the  Company's  recently  acquired  businesses  could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and financial condition.

Tax Deficiencies

Current  liabilities  at December  31, 1999 include  $225,000 in taxes  payable,
which stem from delinquent  payments on 1998 federal taxes,  including penalties
and interest.  However, the Company posted losses in 1999 of which it intends to
offset  against  such  current tax  liabilities.*  Additionally,  the  Company's
audited  financial  reports  indicate a total loss resulting a income tax refund
receivable  of 1.2 million and deferred tax asset of $456,000 for the year ended
1999. The Company  intends to recover some if not all of the $1.2 million income
tax refund  receivable  for taxes paid in 1997 and 1998  taxes.* The Company has
not yet



                                       14
<PAGE>

made estimated tax payments for 1999; however, because the Company posted a loss
for the year ended 1999, it does not anticipate that any federal tax liabilities
will accrue.*

Item 2. - Properties

The  Company  owns and  occupies  a 63,000  square  foot  building  in  Seattle,
Washington which houses its corporate headquarters. The building is subject to a
$3,000,000 first mortgage, secured by the building and surrounding property. The
first mortgage,  taken out in December 1999,  bears an 8.375% interest rate, and
is  amortized  over a period of 15 years.  The average  monthly  payments on the
first mortgage equal $29,332.78.

 In  addition,  subsidiaries  of the  Company  occupy the  following  commercial
properties:

     o    SMIL leases 32,776 square feet in Algona,  Washington for its shipping
          and warehouse operations. The lease expires December 31, 2003.

     o    SMIL also leases  warehouse  property in Tukwila,  Washington which it
          currently  subleases to a third party.  The lease expires on April 30,
          2000.

     o    Origin leases 24,048 square feet of office and warehouse space located
          in Salt Lake City, Utah. The lease expires on September 30, 2004.

     o    Wade Cook  Financial  Education  Centers,  Inc.  leases  approximately
          10,000  square  feet of office  space in Gig Harbor,  Washington.  The
          lease expires on July 7, 2001.

     o    Wade Cook Financial Education Center, Inc. leases 2,107 square feet of
          office space located in Federal Way, WA. The lease expires in February
          of 2002.

     o    Wade Cook Financial Education Center, Inc. leases 3,400 square feet of
          office  space  located in Lynnwood,  WA. The lease  expires in July of
          2002.

     o    Wade Cook Financial Education Center, Inc. leases 2,400 square feet of
          office space located in Olympia,  WA. The lease expires in February of
          2004.

     o    Wade Cook Financial Education Center, Inc. leases 4,000 square feet of
          office space  located in Kent,  WA. The lease  expires in September of
          2000.

     o    Quantum  Marketing,  Inc.  owns an  office  building  in  Santa  Anna,
          California.  The building and surrounding  land are subject to a first
          mortgage in the amount of $560,000.  The  refinancing  was complete in
          June 1999 and is due and payable five years following such date. Under
          the terms of the financing agreement, the Company is obligated to make
          monthly principal  payments of $7,093.84 in addition to the payment of
          interest calculated at the current market rate.

     o    Ideal leases a total of 8,000  square feet of office space  located in
          Memphis, Tennessee. The lease is set to expire on February 22, 2002.

In addition to the foregoing,  the Company,  through  various  subsidiaries  and
other entities,  also holds minority interests in certain other hotel properties
and raw and  undeveloped  land.  See  "Business  - Hotels  and  Commercial  Real
Estate."

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

The following is a description of previously  unreported  material threatened or
pending legal proceedings and updated information  regarding previously reported
material threatened or pending legal proceedings to



                                       15
<PAGE>

which the  Company or any of its  subsidiaries  is a party or which any of their
properties  is subject as to which there were material  developments  during the
period since the last report:

Investigation by the State of Washington,  Securities Division.  Since September
1996,  the Washington  State  Department of Financial  Institutions,  Securities
Division has been investigating Mr. Cook, SMIL, and the Company. The Company has
been  informed  that  the  investigation  is  being  performed  pursuant  to RCW
21.20.370 and  21.20.700.  On July 2, 1999,  the Superior Court for the State of
Washington  in King  County  granted  the State of  Washington  its  petition to
enforce  a  subpoena  ordering  the  Company  to  produce  its  list of  certain
Washington  State  customers.  The subpoena  was issued  subject to a Protective
Order  granted in favor of the Company by the same court on July 10,  1999.  The
Protective Order limits the manner in which the Securities  Division can contact
customers of the Company. On September 7, 1999, the Company brought suit against
Deborah  Bortner  and Rex  Staples,  solely  in  their  official  capacities  as
employees of the Department of Financial  Institutions,  Securities Division, of
the State of Washington,  for declaratory and injunctive  relief.  The Company's
complaint  asks that the Court  find that the  Company  does not  qualify  as an
"Investment  Advisor"  under  RCW  21.200.5(6)  and thus is not  subject  to the
Securities Division's jurisdiction.  In the alternative, if the Court finds that
the Company is an "Investment  Advisor" under RCW 21.200.005(6),  said complaint
asks the court to rule that the  provisions  of RCW  21.20 et seq.  violate  the
Company's federal and state constitutional rights of free speech, and freedom of
publication.  On December 17, 1999, in response to the  Company's  complaint the
Superior  Court of the State of Washington in and for King County issued an oral
ruling  denying a motion for summary  judgment  filed by the State of Washington
and advising the Department of Financial Institutions that it had until March 1,
2000 to file an action  or cease  its  investigation.  As of March 1,  2000,  no
action  has been  filed by the  State and the  parties  are in  negotiations  to
resolve the matter.  Although no civil or criminal charges have been brought and
the Company does not believe that it or its officers or directors  have violated
applicable laws, no assurance can be given that enforcement proceedings will not
be brought  against the  Company,  or its  officers or  directors,  or as to the
outcome of any investigations by the Washington State Attorney General.*

Stuart E. Mac Gregor, II vs. Wade B. Cook, Wade Cook Seminars, Inc., Information
Quest,  Inc. and Wade Cook  Financial  Corporation.  On September 21, 1999,  Mr.
Stuart Mac Gregor filed suit in the Superior Court of Washington for King County
against Mr. Cook and the Company.  The  complaint  alleges that Mr. Cook and the
Company committed negligent  misrepresentation,  fraud, and conspiracy to commit
fraud in selling  products and services to Mr. Mac Gregor.  Mr. Mac Gregor seeks
approximately  $54,000 in actual and  consequential  damages,  and also requests
exemplary damages in the matter. On February 28, 2000, the Company was granted a
protective order limiting the scope of Mr. Mac Gregor's discovery requests.  The
Company filed a Complaint denying that it has engaged in any unlawful  practices
and intends to defend itself in this matter.* The Company has not yet determined
the impact on its financial  statements and has not made  provisions for losses,
if any.

Vendor suits.  During the fourth  quarter of 1999,  two of the three vendors who
had previously  commenced suit against the Company settled without trial. At the
end of the year,  two  additional  vendors  had taken legal  action  against the
Company   with   respect  to  allegedly   delinquent   payments  for   services.
Collectively,  the dollar  amount sought by these  vendors is  $412,000.00.  The
Company is currently assessing its options in these matters.

Himmelman  and Love vs. Wade Cook  Seminars,  Inc., et al. On February 26, 1999,
two former  employees of Wade Cook  Seminars,  Inc.  filed a complaint  with the
Pierce  County  Superior  Court  of the  state  of  Washington  alleging  sexual
harassment,  retaliatory discharge and defamation.  Although no specific damages
are alleged,  the plaintiffs request lost income, pain and suffering,  emotional
distress, court costs, reasonable attorney fees, and punitive damages. On May 4,
1999, the Company submitted a response to the Plaintiff's  complaint denying all
claims  thereunder  and  presenting   affirmative  defenses.   Trial  originally
scheduled for March 2000, has been  rescheduled  for August 8, 2000. The Company
has responded to Plaintiff's discovery requests, and will be filing a motion for
summary  judgement on several of the issues involved.  The Company believes that
it has not engaged in any  unlawful  practices  and intends to defend  itself in
this matter.* The Company has not yet made an estimate of potential  exposure or
determined the impact on its financial  statements  and has not made  provisions
for losses, if any.



                                       16
<PAGE>

Stock  Market  Institute of Learning,  Inc. v.  Preston  Christiansen,  Panorama
Capital,  Inc., and Bull by the Horns. On January 20, 2000, the Company filed in
United States District Court for the Western District of Washington  against the
defendants  named above.  The Company  filed on the grounds that the  defendants
breached non-compete and confidentiality  agreements with the Company,  breached
fiduciary  duties owed to the Company,  tortiously  interfered with the business
relations,  violated  the Uniform  Trade  Secrets Act  ("UTSA"),  and  committed
copyright infringement with respect to the Company's proprietary materials.  The
Company  seeks  a  minimum  of  $150,000  in  damages,   an  injunction  against
competition,  attorney fees,  and double damages for violations  under the UTSA.
The Company intends to vigorously defend its rights in this matter.

Stock Market  Institute of Learning,  Inc. v.  Commissioner of Internal  Revenue
Service.  On January 13,  2000,  SMIL filed a petition of appeal with the United
States Tax Court with respect to a "Notice of Deficiency"  issued on October 21,
1999. The Company's  petition  challenges  the  Commissioner's  disallowance  of
various  business  deductions  taken  in the 1996 and  1997  fiscal  years.  The
Commissioner  assessed the Company  deficiencies  in the amount of $4,191.00 and
$464,073.00  for  1996  and  1997  respectively.  The  Company  has not paid the
disputed deficiencies,  and as a result penalties and interest may attach if the
Company is  unsuccessful  in its efforts.  The Company  intends to defend itself
vigorously in this matter.

Wade Cook Financial Corporation and Stock Market Institute of Learning,  Inc. v.
Kim Brydson et al. In December 1999,  the Company filed a complaint  against the
defendants  in the United  States  District  Court for the  Western  District of
Washington.   The  Company  alleges  that  the  defendants  committed  copyright
infringement  with respect to its seminar  contracts,  materials  and  products;
committed  trade dress  infringement  with respect to the  Company's  methods of
operations,  violated 15 U.S.C  section 1125 (the  "Lanham  Act") by using false
designations  of origin or  misleading  statements  of fact,  breached  employee
non-compete  and   confidentiality   agreements,   breached   fiduciary  duties,
tortiously  interfered with contractual  relations between the Company and third
parties, and violated the Uniform Trade Secrets Act. The Company seeks a minimum
$250,000 in actual damages,  and an injunction against unlawful  competition and
infringement   upon  the  Company's   intellectual   property  rights.   In  the
alternative, the Company seeks actual damages equal to 50% of all profits earned
by the defendants,  plus  prejudgment  interest,  attorney fees, and costs.  The
Company intends to vigorously defend its rights in this matter.

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

Not Applicable



                                       17
<PAGE>

                                     PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity And Related Stockholder Matters

Price Range of Common Shares

The  Company's  Common  Stock has been traded on the  over-the-counter  Bulletin
Board under the ticker symbol "WADE" since August 11, 1997.  Prior to that time,
the  Company's  Common  Stock was quoted  under the stock  symbol  "PFNL" in the
over-the  counter-market.  The  following  table  sets  forth,  for the  periods
indicated, the high and low bid quotations for the Company's Common Stock on the
relevant markets.  The quotations reflect  inter-dealer prices which may include
retail   markups,   markdowns  or   commissions   and  may  not  reflect  actual
transactions.

                               OTC Bulletin Board
                          ---------------------------
                                             --------------- --------------
                                                  High            Low
                                             --------------- --------------
1998
   First Quarter..........................           4.19           2.53
   Second Quarter...........................         2.81           0.97
   Third Quarter............................         1.66           0.72
   Fourth Quarter...........................         1.06           0.37

1999
   First Quarter............................         0.82           0.31
   Second Quarter...........................         0.51           0.32
   Third Quarter............................         0.50           0.20
   Fourth Quarter...........................         0.29           0.18

- -----------------

As of February 11, 2000, the Company had  approximately  10,290  shareholders of
record (including nominees and brokers holding street accounts.  As of March 24,
the last sale price for the Company's Common Stock on the OTC Bulletin Board was
$0.41 per share.

The  Company  has never paid cash  dividends  on its  Common  Stock and does not
anticipate  that it will pay dividends in the  foreseeable  future.  The Company
intends to continue to retain any earnings to expand and develop its business.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.

The following selected  consolidated  financial data of the Company is qualified
in its entirety by reference to and should be read in  conjunction  with Item 7,
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included
elsewhere in this report. The consolidated statements of operations data for the
years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998 and the  consolidated  balance sheet data
at December 31, 1999 and 1998 are derived from and are qualified by reference to
the Company's audited  consolidated  financial  statements which were audited by
Miller and Co. The consolidated financial data from prior years is unaudited.



                                       18
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                                              1999          1998           1997           1996           1995
                                          ------------- -------------- -------------- -------------  -------------
                                                           (in thousands, except per share data)
  Statement of Operations Data:
<S>                                       <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
  Net sales                               $    84,128     $   118,207    $    93,343    $    37,008    $     6,504
  Cost of sales                           $    40,517     $    56,763    $    39,492    $    14,460    $     2,877
                                          ------------- -------------- -------------- -------------  -------------
  Gross profit                            $    43,611     $    61,444    $    53,851    $    22,548    $     3,627
  Operating expenses                      $    50,869     $    57,890    $    39,309    $    18,178    $     3,333
                                          ------------- -------------- -------------- -------------  -------------
  Income (loss) from operations           $    (7,258)   $     3,554    $    14,542    $     4,370    $       294
  Other income (expenses)                 $      602     $     1,656    $      (706)   $       (74)   $       (55)
                                          ------------- -------------- -------------- -------------  -------------
  Income (loss) from continuing
     operations                           $    (6,656)   $     5,210    $    13,836    $     4,296    $       239
                                          ------------- -------------- -------------- -------------  -------------
  Income (loss) from Continuing
  Operations Data (1,2)

  Income (loss) before income taxes,
  minority interest, and acquired
  operations as reported                   $    (6,656)  $     5,210    $    13,836    $     4,296    $       239

  Provision (benefit) for income taxes     $    (2,853)  $     2,346    $     5,579    $     1,452    $       171

  Minority interest in loss of             $        55   $       127    $        21    $         -    $         -
  subsidiary
                                          ------------- -------------- -------------- -------------  -------------
  Net income (loss)                        $    (3,748)  $     2,991    $     8,278    $     2,844    $        68
                                          ============= ============== ============== =============  =============


                                              1999           1998           1997           1996           1995
                                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                           (in thousands, except per share data)
Per Share Data:

Income (loss) from continuing              $     (0.06)  $      0.05    $      0.13    $      0.05             -
operations per share

Weighted average shares outstanding             63,870        63,888         63,363         59,610        57,585

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

Total assets                               $    33,605   $    58,698    $    41,404    $    16,938    $    2,283

Total debt, including current portion           17,220        39,011         24,649         12,618         1,458
                                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------- -------------
Shareholders' equity                       $    16,383   $    19,687    $    16,755    $     4,320    $      825
                                          =============  =============  =============  ============== =============
</TABLE>


Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
          Results of Operations.

General

The following  discussion is intended to provide  information  to facilitate the
understanding  and assessment of  significant  changes and trends related to the
financial  condition  of the  Company and the  results of its  operations.  This
discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Company's audited
consolidated  financial  statements and the notes thereto included  elsewhere in
this Form 10-K.



                                       19
<PAGE>

Overview

WCFC is a holding company that,  through its wholly owned  subsidiaries SMIL and
Semper Financial Inc.,  conducts  educational  business  seminars,  produces and
sells video and audio tapes, and distributes  books and other written  materials
focusing on trading strategies and personal wealth creation.  The Company's core
business is financial  education,  through its seminar and publishing  concerns.
These core  businesses are  complemented  by bookstores  that focus on financial
education,  a pager  service  that  provides  stock  quotes and other  financial
information,   a   subscription-based   web  site  that  provides  stock  market
information and that illustrates the strategies taught in the Company's seminars
and publications and a travel-related service provider.

During 1997, the Company acquired Ideal, which provides travel agent services to
the Company and markets services to travel agents. Also during 1997, the Company
expanded its publishing  activities by acquiring three small publishing and book
distribution  businesses,  Worldwide,  Gold Leaf and  Origin,  that  publish and
market  in  areas  outside  of the  Company's  traditional  focus  of  financial
education.

In January 1998, the Company  acquired  interests of employees of the Company in
businesses  created  to  market  materials  and  services  associated  with  the
Company's financial  education business - IQ, Get Ahead and Quantum.  During the
quarter ended September 30, 1998, the Company disposed of the business of Entity
Planners,  Inc. ("EPI"), its entity formation business.  The buyer paid $250,000
to the  Company for the stock of EPI,  and agreed to pay up to $17.5  million to
the Company in royalty  payments  based on future sales of the business  under a
Licensing  Agreement.  The Company  accounts for EPI as a discontinued  business
operation.  In June of 1999, the Licensing  Agreement was mutually terminated by
all parties and the Company entered into a temporary licensing  arrangement with
EPI. Under the temporary licensing arrangement, the Company receives payments in
the form of  marketing  fees equal to 35% of EPI's gross  proceeds.  The Company
currently   conducts  business  with  EPI  under  the  terms  of  the  temporary
arrangement.

In addition to pursuing its core  businesses,  the Company has made a variety of
investments  in real estate,  hotels,  oil and gas  projects  and other  venture
capital limited partnerships and private companies and in marketable securities.
In 1997, the Company  formed  Bountiful  Investment  Group ("BIG") to manage its
real estate and hotel  investments,  and  embarked  on a strategy  of  acquiring
larger  stakes in hotel  projects.  See Part I, Item 1,  "Business  - Hotels and
Commercial Real Estate." During 1998, the Company acquired Best Western McCarran
House in Sparks,  Nevada and the Four Points by Sheraton Inn in St. George, Utah
and increased  its 25% interest in the Airport  Ramada Suites in Salt Lake City,
Utah to a 75%  interest.  The financial  results of each of these  properties is
consolidated  in the Company's  financial  statements from the date the majority
ownership was acquired.  In May 1999, the Company sold its majority  interest in
the Fairfield Inn in Provo Utah for $800,000.  The Company received  $600,000 of
the  purchase  price in the form of cash,  debt  assumption,  and the payment of
management  fees.  The remainder of the purchase price was paid in the form of a
parcel of  undeveloped  land appraised at $200,000 which is located in Temp View
Quail Valley Drive,  Provo,  Utah.  During  December  1999, the Company sold its
majority hotel interests in the Bestwestern  Macarren House,  the Four Points by
Sheraton,  St. George, and the Airport Ramada Suites. The Company sold the three
hotels for a total sales price of  $12,700,00,  $9,890,000 of which  represented
debt assumption by the buyer of the hotels.

In 1999, the Company  experienced a decline  revenues,  substantial  general and
administrative  expenses,  and the continuing  obligation to fund investments in
hotel and other projects  outside its traditional  business.  These factors have
reduced profits in recent periods.  During 1999, the Company experienced a sharp
decrease  in  revenues  due to lower than  anticipated  sales in its seminar and
product segments,  the repayment of Company debt, and the continued financing of
the Company's investments and prior acquisitions. The Company cannot predict the
effect that world economic  conditions or stock market  volatility  will have on
the interest of  investors  in the  seminars and other  products and services of
SMIL or its other subsidiaries,  or on their revenue or profits. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be profitable in the future.



                                       20
<PAGE>

The following tables set forth the net sales, cost of sales and operating income
of the  continuing  operations  of each of the  business  segments for the years
ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997:

<TABLE>
         (in thousands)                     1999              1998               1997
                                          --------          ---------          --------
         <S>                              <C>               <C>                <C>
         Net Revenue
         Seminars                         $59,242           $ 78,191           $60,759
         Product Sales                     12,955             24,355            29,386
         Hotels                             3,778              3,336                 -
         Pager Service                      5,395              8,427                 -
         Travel Service                     5,730              5,874             3,198
         Other                              5,360              8,576             4,302
         Less: inter-company sales         (8,332)           (10,552)           (4,302)
                                          --------          ---------          --------
         Totals                           $84,128           $118,207           $93,343


         Costs of Revenue
         Seminars                         $28,544           $ 35,842           $19,319
         Product Sales                      6,708             16,011            17,210
         Hotels                             4,141              4,265                 -
         Pager Service                        578                525                 -
         Travel Service                        49                  8             2,963
         Other                                497                112                 -
                                          --------          ---------          --------
         Totals                           $40,517           $ 56,763           $39,492


         Operating (loss) Income
         Seminars                         $(4,479)          $    483           $10,907
         Product Sales                     (1,442)               813             3,538
         Hotels                              (363)              (432)                -
         Pager Service                        847              2,494                 -
         Travel Service                      (716)               508                97
         Other                                 43                419                 -
         Less: inter-company profit        (1,148)              (731)                -
                                          --------          ---------          --------
         Totals                           $(7,258)          $  3,554           $14,542
</TABLE>

Results of Operations

Year ended December 31, 1999 compared with year ended December 31, 1998

Revenue. Revenue decreased by $34.1 million from $118.2 million in 1998 to $84.1
million in 1999.  Revenue  from  seminars  decreased  by $19 million  from $78.2
million in 1998 to $59.2  million in 1999.  The decrease in seminar  revenue was
due to a number of factors  including  fewer  seminar  attendees in the fall and
summer months,  a restructuring of the Company's  Seminars  Department which had
the effect of reducing the over-all  number of seminars  held in 1999,  negative
press  coverage,  and to some extent  saturation  of the  Company's  services in
certain  markets.  The Company's  restructuring  resulted in the Company holding
only 2,700 seminars in 1999 as compared to 3,737 such seminars held in 1998 (see
Item 1. Business, Financial Education Seminar Businesses). The Seminars that the
Company  now  holds  are  targeted  at  only  those  urban  centers  with  large
populations.  It is  anticipated  that by holding fewer  seminars in cities with
larger  populations,  the Company  will be able to cut the overall  costs of its
seminars and the related advertising, and hence improve profitability.* However,
no  assurances  can be made that the  Company's  efforts will be  successful  or
increase profitability.



                                       21
<PAGE>

Revenues  from books and other  product  sales  decreased by $11.4  million from
$24.4 million in 1998 to $13 million in 1999 due  primarily to lower  attendance
in the Company's seminars segment where its products are frequently marketed and
sold, the Company's current restructuring efforts,  negative press coverage, and
to some extent saturation of the Company's products in certain markets. Revenues
in the hotel  segment  increased  by $500,000  from $3.3 million in 1998 to $3.8
million in 1999.  The increased  revenues in the hotel segment were  principally
attributable to the fact that the Company's  hotels became fully  operational in
1999, that the hotels' reservation systems were in place, and that the occupancy
rate of the hotels increased.

Revenues from the Pager segment decreased by 3 million from $8.4 million in 1998
to $5.4 million in 1999. The decrease in revenue from pagers was the result of a
decrease in subscription  renewals,  and decrease in attendance at the Company's
seminars segment where the Pager segment's products are principally marketed.

Travel related services  decreased by $200,000 from $5.9 million in 1998 to $5.7
million in 1999.  The  decrease  in  revenue  from the  travel  segment  was the
principal  result of decreased  bookings in travel from  clients  other than the
Company, the Company's  restructuring  efforts which reduced its over-all travel
needs,  and a reduction in the amount of travel agent  training kits sold to the
public. Other revenues (consisting principally of sales from Company bookstores,
and real estate ventures) decreased by $3.2 million from $8.6 million in 1998 to
$5.4 in  1999.  The  decrease  in  Other  revenues  was due to low  sales in the
Company's  retail  bookstores in the first half of 1999, and the liquidation and
closing of such retail bookstore in the second half of 1999.

Costs of Revenue. Costs of revenue decreased by $16.3 million from $56.8 million
in 1998 to $40.5  million in 1999.  Cost of conducting  seminars,  which consist
largely of royalties,  speaker fees, cost of meeting rooms and travel  decreased
by $7.3 from $35.8 million in 1998 to $28.5 million in 1999,  due to an decrease
in the  number of  seminars  held.  Royalty  expenses  to Mr.  Cook  related  to
continuing  operations  were $3 million in 1999 as compared  to $7.8  million in
1998.  The  decrease  of $4.8  million  is  attributable  to lower  sales of the
Company's products and seminars.

Cost of product sales decreased by $9.3 from $16 million in 1998 to $6.7 million
in 1999,  primarily  attributable  to a decrease in the number of seminars  held
where products are sold, and to inventory reductions. Cost of sales in the pager
segment  increased by $53,000 from $525,000 in 1998 to $578,000 in 1999. Cost of
sales in the hotel  segment  decreased by $100,000  from $4.2 million in 1998 to
$4.1 million in 1999.  Travel service costs  increased by $41,000 from $8,000 in
1998, to $49,000 in 1999,  attributable to products newly  developed  toward the
end of the fourth quarter.

Selling,   General   and   Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,   general   and
administrative  expenses  decreased by $7 million from $57.9  million in 1998 to
$50.9  million in 1999,  principally  due to  reduction  in  employee  overhead,
reductions in the temporary employee payroll, and salary/benefits adjustments.

Operating Income.  Operating income decreased by $10.9 million from $3.6 million
in 1998 to  ($7.3) in 1999.  The  decrease  was due  principally  to  investment
write-offs  taken in the fourth quarter of 1999,  increased cost of sales during
the first three quarters of 1999, and a reduction in segment revenues.

Other  Income and  Expense.  Other income and expense  consists  principally  of
royalty income,  securities  trading,  interest income and expense and losses on
private  Company  investments.  In 1998,  other income  amounted to $1.7 million
compared to $602,000 in 1999. The principal reasons for the decrease were losses
recognized  on the  sale of  hotels;  and the  writing-off  of two  unprofitable
investments,  namely  Standard  American  Oil Company,  and one oil well.  These
losses  partially  offset  gains  of  $3.7  million  recognized  on the  sale of
marketable securities.

Income Taxes. The Company's financial  statements reflect a provision for income
taxes of $(2.9)  million  and $2.3  million  for the years  ended 1999 and 1998,
respectively,  reflecting  a loss for the Company  during  1999.  The  Company's
effective tax rates have  historically  differed from the federal statutory rate
primarily because of certain deferred  revenues,  unrealized gains and losses on
trading securities, accelerated



                                       22
<PAGE>

depreciation  and state  taxes.  As a result of the  foregoing,  net income from
operations was a gain of $3.8 million,  or $.06 per share in 1998, compared with
loss ($3.7) million, or ($0.06) per share in 1999.

Year ended December 31, 1998 compared with year ended December 31, 1997.  Please
refer to note P in of the  Financial  Statements  when  reading  the  comparison
between the years ended December 31, 1998, and the year ended December 31, 1997.

Revenue. Revenue increased from $93.3 million in 1997 to $118.2 million in 1998.
Revenue from seminars  increased  from $60.8 million in 1997 to $78.2 million in
1998.  The increase is due in part to the fact that SMIL changed its fiscal year
in 1997 and 1997 results  include only eleven months of SMIL's  operations.  The
Company held 3,737 seminars in 1998 compared to 2,416 in 1997. However,  revenue
generated per seminar  decreased from $25,150 per seminar in 1997 to $21,000 per
seminar in 1998, due to a reduction in participants per seminar.

Books and other product sales  decreased by $5.1 million,  from $29.4 million in
1997 to $24.3  million in 1998 due to the  reduced  demand for titles  that were
published in 1997 combined  with the  production of fewer new titles in 1998. In
addition,  product sales for 1997 included $1.4 million in commissions  from the
sale of  pagers,  whereas  the pager  business  is  accounted  for as a separate
segment in 1998 with  revenue of $8.4 million  after the Company  acquired it in
January  1998.  Product  sales also  include  WIN  subscription  revenues  which
decreased from $4.0 million in 1997 to $2.8 million in 1998, as more subscribers
paid the renewal rate of $1,995 per year rather than the new subscriber  rate of
$2,995, and free WIN subscriptions were offered as promotions in connection with
seminar  sales.  The  results  of  operations  of  hotels  were  reported  on  a
consolidated  basis in 1998 for the first time, as the Company acquired majority
interests, and resulted in 1998 revenues of $3.3 million.

Travel related services  decreased by $900,000 from $3.2 million in 1997 to $2.3
million in 1998.  Other revenues  (consisting of principally  sales from Company
bookstores)  were $1.7  million  in 1998,  as the  businesses  generating  these
revenues were established or acquired in 1998.

Costs of Revenue.  Costs of revenue  increased  by $17.3  million,  from 1997 to
1998. Cost of conducting seminars,  which consist largely of royalties,  speaker
fees,  cost of meeting rooms and travel  increased from $19.3 million in 1997 to
$35.8  million in 1998,  due to an increase  in the number of seminars  held and
increased logistics costs of staging seminars.  Royalties to Mr. Cook related to
continuing  operations  were $8.0 million in 1998 and $10.0 million in 1997. Mr.
Cook agreed to a $2.0  million  reduction  in  royalties  for the quarter  ended
September 30, 1998.

Cost of product  sales  decreased  from $17.2  million in 1997 to $16 million in
1998,  reflecting  lower  product  sales.  Cost of sales in the  pager  segment,
consisting principally of pager service fees were $525,000. Cost of sales in the
hotel  businesses,  consisting  principally  of payroll and supplies,  were $4.3
million.  Travel service costs  decreased by $2.9 million in 1998,  reflecting a
change in the method of  categorization  used by the  Company  for  present  and
future reporting.

Selling,   General   and   Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,   general   and
administrative expenses increased from $39.3 million in 1997 to $57.9 million in
1998,  principally due to increases of approximately $6.0 million in advertising
expense and  approximately  $6.0 million in employee  compensation and benefits.
The great majority of the increase was  attributable  to the seminar and product
segments.

Operating Income. Increases in selling, general and administrative expenses were
principally  in the  seminar  and  product  sales  segments,  resulting  in 1998
operating  income in these  segments of  $483,000  and  $813,000,  respectively,
compared with $11.0 million and $3.5 million in 1997.  Operating income from the
pager and travel  service  segments  increased from $97,000 in 1997 to over $3.0
million in 1998.

Other  Income and  Expense.  Other  income and expense  consist  principally  of
royalty income,  securities  trading,  interest income and expense and losses on
private  company  investments.  In 1998,  other income  amounted to $1.7 million
compared  to a  loss  of  $706,000  in  1998.  The  principal  reasons  for  the
improvement  were $1.6  million in royalties  received  from the business of EPI
after its sale and a gain of



                                       23
<PAGE>

$837,000  on trading of  securities  compared  with a loss of  $806,000 in 1997,
which were offset in part by an increase of $1.1 million in interest expense due
to increased borrowings, principally to fund hotel acquisitions.

Income  Taxes.  The  provision for income taxes of $2.3 million and $5.6 million
for the years  ended  1998 and 1997,  respectively,  reflect  taxes  payable  in
respect  of  profitable  operations.  The  Company's  effective  tax rates  have
historically  differed  from the federal  statutory  rate  primarily  because of
certain deferred  revenues,  unrealized gains and losses on trading  securities,
accelerated depreciation and state taxes.

As a  result  of the  foregoing,  income  from  continuing  operations  was $3.0
million,  or $.05 per share in 1998,  compared  with $8.2  million,  or $.13 per
share,  in 1997.  Income from  discontinued  operations,  including EPI's income
prior to its sale and gain on the sale,  was  $763,000,  or $0.01 per share,  in
1998 compared with $714,000, or $0.01 per share, in 1997.

Year ended December 31, 1997 compared with year ended December 31, 1996

Revenue. Revenue from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 1997
were $93.3  million as compared to revenues of $37.0  million for the year ended
December 31, 1996.  Results for 1997 include the results of WCSI for only eleven
months due to a change in WCSI's fiscal year end from January 31 to December 31.
Revenues  grew  significantly  due to several  factors,  including a substantial
increase in  marketing,  and the fact that  several  books  authored by Mr. Cook
appeared on the New York Times  Business Best Seller list,  resulting in greater
recognition for Mr. Cook in the investment education market.  Seminar sales grew
from $23.8 million in 1996 to $60.8 million in 1997. Book and product sales rose
from $13.2 million in 1996 to $29.4 million in 1997. Businesses acquired in 1997
contributed $6.0 million to the increase in revenue.

Costs of Revenue. Costs of revenue increased from $14.5 million to $39.5 million
due  primarily  to a  corresponding  overall  growth in  revenues.  The costs to
conduct the seminars  increased  from $8.0  million in 1996 to $19.3  million in
1997.  Costs of product sales grew from $6.4 million in 1996 to $17.2 million in
1997.

Selling,   General   and   Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,   general   and
administrative  expenses  increased by over $21 million to $39.3 million in 1997
from $18.2  million in 1996.  The  increase  was  attributable  to  increases in
compensation  and benefits ($7 million in 1996 compared to $16 million in 1997),
and  advertising  ($6  million in 1996  compared  to over $16  million in 1997),
reflecting the increased size and scope of the Company's business.

Other Income and Expense.  For the year ended  December 31, 1997,  the Company's
net other  income/expense  was an expense of  $706,000 as compared to $74,000 in
1996. The increase in expense was due to the costs  associated with the purchase
of the Company's  headquarters  building  coupled with a net investment  loss of
over $800,000 in trading  securities.  The net investment loss can be attributed
to the losses incurred in the brokerage accounts used by seminar  instructors to
make  demonstration  trades as well as a  downturn  in the stock and  securities
markets at the end of 1997.

Operating Income.  Operating income increased from $4.3 million in 1996 to $14.5
million in 1997,  an  increase of $10.2  million.  The  increase  was due to the
Company's  achieving  revenue growth,  while  maintaining high profit margins on
both  seminar and product  sales  revenues  as well as taking  advantage  of the
economies of scale in the distribution, travel, and publishing areas.

The  provision  for income taxes of $5.6 million and $1.5 million for years 1997
and  1996,   respectively   reflect  taxes  payable  in  respect  of  profitable
operations.  The  Company's  effective  tax  rates  differed  from  the  federal
statutory rate primarily because of certain deferred  revenues,  unrealized loss
on trading securities, accelerated depreciation and state taxes.



                                       24
<PAGE>

As a result of the foregoing,  income from continuing  operations increased from
$2.8 million,  or $.05 per share, in 1996 to $8.3 million, or $.13 per share, in
1997.  Income from  discontinued  operations was $714,000,  or $.01 per share in
1997, compared with $221,000 in 1996.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At December  31,  1999,  the Company  had  current  assets of $10.2  million and
current  liabilities of $13 million,  resulting in a working  capital deficit of
$2.8 million. Current liabilities decreased $15 million from $28 million in 1998
to $13 million in 1999. The working capital deficit at December 31, 1999 was $15
million.  The decrease in liabilities is primarily  attributable to repayment of
delinquent  taxes and other  obligations,  and sale of four  hotels  which  were
heavily  encumbered  with debt. The Company's  current assets  decreased by $1.8
million from $12 million in 1998 to $10.2 million in 1999. The Company's current
assets  decreased due to the  liquidation of some of its marketable  securities,
and  residual  decrease  is due the  sale of its  equity  interests  in the four
hotels.  Current  liabilities  at December  31,  1999,  include  $2.4 million in
deferred revenue,  which results principally from payments received from persons
who have signed up and paid in advance for future pager services,  subscriptions
to the WIN website or to attend  seminars not yet held.  Current  liabilities at
December 31, 1999 also include $108,000 in taxes payable.

At  December  31,  1999,  the Company  had  payables to related  parties of $1.9
million, which represent principally royalties owed to Mr. Cook.

The market value of the  Company's  marketable  securities  decreased  from $2.9
million  at  December  31,  1998  to  $1.9  at  December  31,  1999,  due to the
liquidation  of some of the Company's  equity  interests,  the proceeds of which
were used to assist in funding operations. Inventory decreased from $3.7 million
at December 31, 1998 to $2.6 million at December 31, 1999 due principally to the
closing five retail  locations  run by Wade Cook  Financial  Education  Centers,
Inc.,  a wholly  owned  subsidiary,  and the  reliance  on  previously  existing
inventory  held in several of the Company's  subsidiaries.  At December 31, 1999
the Company also had receivables from related parties of $3.1 million consisting
principally of term loans to employees and directors,  the majority of which are
secured by mortgages on real property.

The Company's  principal  source of cash in the past has been from the operation
of its investment seminars and sales of tapes, books and other materials focused
on business strategies and financial and personal wealth management. The Company
does not have an established bank line of credit.  The results of operations was
(4) million in 1999. This decrease reflects losses incurred in operations.

Cash  generated  from  financing  activities,  principally  borrowing,  was $9.9
million in 1999,  compared  with ($6.5)  million in 1998.  A portion of the cash
generated by financing activities resulted from the refinancing of the Company's
headquarters in the principal amount of $3,000,000. The proceeds of the mortgage
were used to pay down accrued  federal  income taxes of  $2,932,315  owed to the
Internal Revenue Service (the $2,932,315 figure reflects  adjustment for closing
costs). The remainder of cash generated by financing  activities is attributable
to a refinancing of property owned by the Company in Santa Anna, California, and
the financing of properties in the Hotel segment.

In addition to cash received from its own operations, the Company is entitled to
receive  payment  under its temporary  license  agreement  with Entity  Planners
Inc.("EPI") (See Item 1. Business, "Sale of Entity Planners, Inc." With the Sale
of EPI and EPI's  subsequent  transfer to the  Anderson  Law Group,  the Company
entered into a temporary arrangement which provides for the payment of marketing
fees in the amount of 35% of EPI's gross proceeds to be paid to the Company.



                                       25
<PAGE>

The Company's other investments (formerly captioned non-marketable  investments)
include the following:

                                                                 Investment
     Description of the Investment                             (in thousands)
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     Oil and gas properties                                        $691

     Hotel and motel investments                                   $601

     Investments in undeveloped land                               $1,981

     Private Companies- various industries                         $940
                                                               -------------
     Total non-marketable investments                              $4,213
                                                               -------------

The Company  continues to use cash to fund its interests in hotel properties and
other businesses. Use of cash for these purposes has significantly exceeded cash
generated by operations.  Net cash used to fund these continuing investments was
$13 million in 1999, compared with $(20.6) million in 1998. The decrease was due
to the sale of several hotel  properties,  and the Company's  decision to reduce
spending on  investments  outside the Company's area of expertise in the seminar
segment.  Property and  equipment  decreased  from $29.2 million at December 31,
1998 to $12.1 million at December 31, 1999,  reflecting  principally the sale of
four hotel interests.  Other investments decreased from $9.7 million at December
31,  1998  to  $4.2  million  at  December  31,  1999,  due  principally  to the
writing-off  of  investments  in Standard  American Oil Company and an oil well,
with the residual  decrease  reflecting  the  Company's  reduced  investment  in
hotels.

The Company's practice of using available cash to fund subsidiaries,  hotels and
new non-marketable  investments,  its working capital deficit, and the fact that
the  Company's  seminar  segment  has not  generated  cash as in the  past  have
resulted in  constraints  on  liquidity.  The Company has not paid all  accounts
payable in a timely manner and several  creditors  have  commenced or threatened
litigation to obtain payment.

The Company has a number of cash commitments and requirements in future periods,
including  its unpaid taxes and other  current  payables,  and $12.9  million in
current maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 1999.

The Company regularly evaluates other acquisition and investment  opportunities,
and additional cash resources may be devoted to pursuing such opportunities.  In
the fourth  quarter the  Company,  through  its wholly  owned  subsidiary  SMIL,
invested in the stock of three companies. The investments are as follows: 80,000
shares of E-automate,  Inc. common stock at $240,000  acquired through a private
placement;  450,000  shares  of  Surfbuzz.com,  Inc.  common  stock at  $450,000
acquired through a private placement; and 75,000 shares of CeriStar, Inc. common
stock at $150,000  acquired through a private  placement.  In December 1999, the
Company paid $40,000 to  E-automate  and $150,000 to Ceristar for common  stock,
the  remaining  balance due for the above stock  purchases  was not funded until
January 2000 and is not reflected in the 1999 financial  statements.  In January
2000, the Company purchased an additional 100,000 shares of Surfbuzz.com  common
stock and  50,000  shares  of  Ceristar,  Inc.  common  stock for an  additional
$100,000  respectively.  E-automate is a software  manufacturer  that integrates
small business operations. Surfbuzz.com is a world wide web search engine access
tool. Ceristar is a company engaged in integrating telecommunications systems.

If the Company is required to generate  cash for working  capital  purposes from
its  properties  and Other  investments,  it may not be able to liquidate  these
assets in a timely manner, or in a manner that allows the Company to realize the
full value of the  assets.  Failure to  generate  adequate  cash  resources  for
working  capital  could  require  the Company to cut back  operations,  delay or
cancel expansion and development projects, dispose of properties,  businesses or
investments  on  unfavorable  terms or cause  the  Company  to be unable to meet
obligations.*

Management  is aware of the  significant  reduction in the  Company's  revenues,
continued  working capital  deficit,  and the lack of profit from operations for
the year ended 1999. Management recognizes that to the



                                       26
<PAGE>

outside  investor these factors raise questions  about the Company's  ability to
continue  as a going  concern.  In response to such  questions,  management  has
initiated a number of steps to reduce costs,  improve  profitability and improve
the  Company's  overall  financial  condition.  The steps  being taken to reduce
costs, improve liquidity and profitability are listed below. Many of these steps
were put into place during the fourth quarter of 1999:

          (1)  Refocus the Company's  efforts in its core business of conducting
               educational  stock market  seminars;  including:  (A) Selling the
               Company's majority interests in the Hotel segment. In selling the
               majority of the  Company's  hotels,  Management  recognized  that
               large  capital  expenditures  would  be  required  over  the next
               several  years to maintain the hotels as viable  investments  and
               that the hotels  themselves were unlikely to be profitable within
               the foreseeable  future.  In 1999, the Company realized a loss of
               approximately  $4 million from the hotel  operations and the sale
               of that investment.  (B) Discontinuance of unprofitable ventures.
               In the fourth  quarter,  the Company  ceased  involvement  in the
               asphalt repair business and discontinued its  participation in an
               oil well found to be  contaminated.  Management  determined  that
               these ventures were currently  unprofitable  and were unlikely to
               be profitable any time in the future.  Approximately  1.2 million
               of the Company's  1999 loss is attributed to these  eliminations.
               (C) Streamling operations by holding fewer seminars.  The Company
               initiated  a plan to reduce the number of  seminars  it holds and
               has  chosen to hold such  seminars  only in the 25 most  populous
               U.S. cities.  The expected effect of this restructuring is a more
               efficient  allocation of Company resources and a reduction in the
               costs  related to travel,  speakers,  meeting room space,  and an
               improvement in gross profit per attendee.*

     (2)  Reduction of costs and improvement in profitability, including:
          (A)  Tailored  marketing and advertising  efforts in order to maximize
               advertising expenditures as well as management involvement in the
               demographics review and the effectiveness of advertising efforts.
          (B)  Reduction  in  number  of  Company  employees,  re-evaluation  of
               employee  benefits,  and the  implementation  of a  benefits  and
               expenditures review system by Management.
          (C)  Implementation  of  a  purchase  order  system  and  Company-wide
               budgets.
          (D)  Implementation  of a program  wherein the  Company's  educational
               brokerage accounts are strictly monitored in order to assure that
               the Company's trading strategies are followed. As of December 31,
               1999,  the  Company's   educational   trading   accounts   showed
               unrealized and realized gains of $3.7 million up from the average
               account  balance of $2.9 million in 1999. The Company  attributed
               much the increase in the  educational  brokerage  accounts to the
               implementation of this program.

     (3)  Improvement  of  liquidity  situation  through a reduction  of current
          liabilities. Due to the steps listed below the working capital deficit
          for the year ended December 31, 1999 improved by over $15 million over
          the year ended December 31, 1998.
          (A)  Management  refinanced the corporate  headquarters in December of
               1999 in order to pay federal  taxes due in 1997 and 1998.  Due to
               the loss in 1999,  the Company  intends to apply for a tax credit
               and receive a return of taxes  recently  paid and use such refund
               to assist in the further reduction of current liabilities.
          (B)  The  Company  negotiated  payment  plans with  vendors to satisfy
               accrued but unpaid obligations.
          (C)  The Company sold four of the hotels heavily encumbered with debt,
               and thus greatly  reduced  current  liabilities  and improved its
               liquidity situation.

Management   believes   that  the  steps   outlined   above  will   improve  the
profitability,  the overall  financial  condition  of the Company;  however,  no
assurances can be made that such steps will prove successful.



                                       27
<PAGE>

The  Company  is  a  party  to  various  government   investigations  and  legal
proceedings.  See Part I, Item 3, of this report. The legal fees and other costs
involved may be  material.* If the Company were found to be liable in certain of
these proceedings,  the liability could be material.* In addition, if government
agencies  charge the Company with  violation of certain  consumer  protection or
other laws and establish such violations, they could seek to require the Company
to pay  material  penalties  or to refund  money paid to the  Company by seminar
attendees  within  their  jurisdiction,  and  to  cease  doing  business  in the
jurisdiction or significantly  change the manner in which the Company's business
is conducted.  Any such result could  materially  adversely affect the Company's
financial condition or results of operations.

Year 2000

The Company did not  experience  any  significant  disruption  to its  computing
systems or to its over-all  operations at the commencement of the Year 2000, and
does not presently  anticipate  that any problems will arise in connection  with
Year 2000 readiness in the future.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

See Note M to the Company's audited financial  statements included under Item 14
of this report, which is incorporated herein by this reference.

The Company is exposed to changes in interest rates  affecting the return on its
notes receivable and investments.  In the normal course of business, the Company
employs   established   policies  and  procedures  to  manage  its  exposure  to
fluctuations in interest rates.

The Company's exposure to market rate risk for changes in interest rates relates
primarily to the Company's  investments and notes  receivables.  The Company has
not used  derivative  financial  instruments  in its investment  portfolio.  The
Company  places their  investment  with  enterprises  with which it has majority
control  and thus limits the amount of credit  exposure  to any one issuer.  The
Company  protects and preserves its invested funds by limiting  default,  market
and reinvestment risk.

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Reference is made to the financial  statements  listed under the heading "(a)(1)
Financial  Statements"  of  Item  14  herein,  which  financial  statements  are
incorporated herein by reference in response to this Item 8.

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and
           Financial Disclosure.

Not applicable.



                                       28
<PAGE>

                                    Part III

Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

The  individuals  referenced  below  include  persons  who  served as  Company's
directors,  executive  officers and key employees during the year ended December
31, 1999 and/or up until February 28, 2000:


Name                        Age          Position
- ----                        ---          --------
Robin Anderson               36          Assistant to the President Over Sales
                                           and Marketing, and Director
Joel Black                   45          Director
Cynthia Britten              34          Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer
Laura M. Cook                47          Consultant to Executive Management,
                                           Secretary and Director
Wade B. Cook                 50          Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and
                                           President
Nick Dettman                 55          Director
Robert T. Hondel             56          Director of the Sales Department at
                                           SMIL and Director
Janice Leysath               44          Director
Deborah Losse                46          Assistant to the President Over
                                           Seminars and Product Development
Angela Pirtle                38          Director
Carl Sanders                 56          Executive Assistant to the President
Gene Stevens                 56          Director
Dan Wagner                   39          Director and Independent Consultant
Bruce Couch (1)              51          Vice President of Operations
John Lang (2)                49          Director
Greg Maxwell (3)             46          Director
Richard Smith (4)            43          Chief Financial Officer
- ----------------------------

(1)  Mr. Couch left the Company in July of 1999.
(2)  Mr. Lang resigned from the Company's Board of Directors  effective November
     2, 1999.
(3)  Mr.  Maxwell  resigned  from the  Company's  Board of  Directors  effective
     October 28, 1999.
(4)  Mr. Smith resigned as Chief Financial Officer  effective  November 1, 1999,
     but continues as an employee of the Company.

Current Directors and Executive Officers

Robin  Anderson,  36,  has  been a  Director  since  1997 and is  currently  the
Assistant to the President Over Sales and Marketing.  Ms. Anderson serves at the
pleasure of the Board of Directors in her capacity as an executive officer.  Ms.
Anderson's  term as a  director  expires  in 2000 at the  annual  meeting of the
stockholders. Ms. Anderson has been with the Company since 1994 and is the niece
of Robert Hondel.  Prior to becoming  Assistant to the President,  Ms.  Anderson
occupied many other positions with the Company  including the Director of SMIL's
Sales Department.  In December of 1997, the Bankruptcy court dismissed an action
filed by Ms. Anderson under Chapter 13 of the United States Bankruptcy Code with
all outstanding claims satisfied in full.

Joel Black, 45, accepted  appointed to the Company's Board of Directors in March
1999.  Mr.  Black's term as a director  expires in 2000 at the annual meeting of
the  stockholders.  From 1995 to the present,  Mr. Black has served as the Chief
Executive Officer for Education Leadership Dynamics, Inc., a privately held



                                       29
<PAGE>

corporation that provides speaker and consulting services, operates a wilderness
exploration  program,  and runs a private high school. Since 1986, Mr. Black has
also been employed as a teacher in the Enumclaw, Washington School District, and
provided  his  services  as an  educational  consultant  nationwide.  Mr.  Black
received dual bachelor degrees from Brigham Young University in 1979 and 1980, a
Masters of Outdoor  Management and  Recreation  from Brigham Young in 1981 and a
Doctorate in Educational Engineering from Pacific Western University in 1999.

Cynthia Britten,  34, the Company's Chief Financial  Officer,  who serves at the
pleasure of the Board, joined WCFC in July of 1997 as the Assistant  Controller.
In December of 1997,  Ms.  Britten was promoted to  Controller  of the Company's
subsidiaries,  and then  later in  January of 1999  became  the  Accounting  and
Finance  Manager.  Prior to working for WCFC,  Ms. Britten served as the on-site
Controller  for  Trucktown,  Inc.,  and was a Certified  Public  Accountant  for
Martin/Grambush  P.C. In 1980,  Ms.  Britten  graduated  from  Washington  State
University  with a  Bachelor  of Arts  Degree in  Business  Administration.  Ms.
Britten was certified as a public accountant in April of 1993.

Laura M. Cook,  47, is the Corporate  Secretary of the Company,  a consultant to
executive  management,  and has been a member of the Board of  Directors  of the
Company  since  1995.  Mrs.  Cook  serves as an  officer  of the  Company at the
pleasure of the Board of Directors,  and her term as a director  expires in 2001
at the annual meeting of the stockholders. Additionally, Mrs. Cook serves as the
Corporate Secretary for the majority of the Company's wholly-owned  subsidiaries
and a consultant to the executive management, and is the operational manager for
various affiliates of the Company.  Mrs. Cook is the spouse of Wade B. Cook, the
Company's CEO, President, and Chairman of the Company's Board of Directors. Mrs.
Cook's  expertise  over the past 15 years  has  been  concentrated  in  managing
accounting systems.

Wade B. Cook,  50, is the  Chairman  of the Board,  CEO,  and  President  of the
Company and has occupied at least one of those  positions  since June 1995.  Mr.
Cook  serves  as an  officer  of the  Company  at the  pleasure  of the Board of
Directors,  and his term as a director  expires in 2001 at the annual meeting of
the  stockholders.  Since  1989,  Mr.  Cook  also has  served as  Treasurer  and
President of the Stock  Market  Institute  of  Learning,  Inc.,  a  wholly-owned
subsidiary  of the Company.  Since the end of 1998,  Mr. Cook has also served as
the  President  and  Treasurer  of the  majority of the  Company's  wholly-owned
subsidiaries.  Mr. Cook has authored numerous books,  tapes, and videos relating
to finance, real estate, the stock market and asset protection. Furthermore, Mr.
Cook actively participates in the activities of the Company, often providing his
services as a speaker or  trainer,  or guiding the  development  of  educational
products on investing and personal wealth management.  Mr. Cook is the spouse of
Laura M. Cook, the Corporate Secretary and a Director of the Company.

Nick Dettman,  54, has been a director of the Company since 1997. Mr.  Dettman's
term  as a  director  will  expire  at the  Company's  2002  annual  meeting  of
stockholders.  He has been a pilot for Delta  Airlines over 30 years and is also
the owner and operator of Kalowai Plantation, an orchid ranch in Kauai, Hawaii.

Robert T.  Hondel,  56, has been a director  of the Company  since 1997,  and is
currently the Director of the Sales  Department at SMIL.  Mr. Hondel also served
as President of both Quantum Marketing,  Inc. and Wade Cook Financial  Education
Centers, Inc., wholly-owned  subsidiaries of the Company until the first quarter
of 1999. Mr.  Hondel's term as a director  expires in 2000 at the annual meeting
of the stockholders. Prior to working for the Company, Mr. Hondel spent 18 years
as the  Director  and  President  of the Knapp  College of  Business  in Tacoma,
Washington. Mr. Hondel is the uncle of Robin Anderson.

Janice Leysath,  43,  accepted  appointed to the Company's Board of Directors in
March  1999.  Mrs.  Leysath's  term as a director  expires in 2001 at the annual
meeting of the  stockholders.  Mrs.  Leysath has  previously  served on numerous
civic and charitable boards and committees in Las Vegas,  Nevada,  including the
American Heart  Association  Board, the Elementary  Education  Committee and the
Heritage Museum Committee.  From 1993 to 1995, Mrs. Leysath served as the Public
Relations/Marketing  Director  for the  Heart  Institute  of  Nevada  and as the
Business  Manager for Desert  Cardiology.  Mrs.  Leysath  currently runs her own
medical claims processing business.



                                       30
<PAGE>

Deborah Losse, 46, joined the Company in June of 1998 and has been the Assistant
to the  President  Over Seminars and Product  Development  since August of 1999.
Mrs. Losse serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  Mrs. Losse was the
Director of the Fortify Your Income  seminars  and the Director of  Distribution
from June of 1998 to October of 1998,  and then Director of Product  Development
from October of 1998 to June of 1999.  Additionally,  from November 1997 to June
of 1998,  Mrs.  Losse worked for a company that provided  speaking  services for
SMIL. Prior to working for the Company,  Mrs. Losse took  approximately one year
off from working, preceded by five years of employment at the Boeing Company.

Angela  Pirtle,  38, was elected to the Company's  Board of Directors in June of
1999.  Mrs.  Pirtle's term will expire in the year 2002 at the annual meeting of
the  stockholders.  Since 1985, Mrs. Pirtle has worked as a licensed real estate
broker in San Diego, California. In addition, Mrs. Pirtle volunteers substantial
time to her community,  including acting as a youth ministry teacher, Girl Scout
leader, and Chairperson for several theatrical groups.

Carl Sanders, 56, joined the Company in November 1997 and has been the Executive
Assistant to the  President  since  August of 1999.  Before  becoming  Executive
Assistant,  Mr. Sanders was a Vice President of Business  Development  (February
1998 to August of 1999),  and prior to that the Director of  Corporate  Security
(November 1997 to February 1998).  Mr. Sanders serves in his current position at
the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  For the past 26 years,  Mr. Sanders has
worked in the  field of  personal  security,  most  notably  as the  Manager  of
Corporate Security at Alaska Airlines, Inc. in Seattle, Washington and as a U.S.
Secret Service Agent in Los Angeles, California. Mr. Sanders attended California
State  University  at Long Beach  where he received a Bachelor of Arts degree in
Sociology.

Gene Stevens,  56,  accepted  appointment to the Board of Directors on March 20,
2000.  Mr.  Stevens  replaces  a vacancy in the Board of  Directors  left by the
resignation of Greg Maxwell (Mr.  Maxwell's term was set to expire in 2002). Mr.
Stevens has been the proprietor of the Stevens  Family Market since 1972.  Prior
to operating the Stevens Family Market,  Mr. Stevens was an active member of the
Washington State Air National Guard (from 1964-1970). Mr. Stevens graduated from
Central  Washington  University  in 1970  with a  Bachelor  of Arts in  Business
Administration.

Daniel  Wagner,  39, was appointed to the Company's  Board of Directors in April
1999. Mr.  Wagner's term as a director  expires in 2000 at the annual meeting of
the stockholders.  From 1995 to 1999, Mr. Wagner served as a seminar speaker for
T.P. Management, Inc, a private corporation which provides speaking services for
the Company. During July of 1999, the Company hired Mr. Wagner as an independent
consultant to coordinate  activities  between the Company and it various speaker
corporations.  Additionally,  the  Company  has  hired  Mr.  Wagner  to  provide
independent  consulting  services with respect to Wade Cook Financial  Education
Centers, Inc. ("WCFEC"), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

Director and Executive Officers with terms expiring prior to December 31, 1999.

Bruce Couch,  51,  joined the Company in June 1998 and held the position of Vice
President of Operations  until July 2, 1999. Mr. Couch is no longer  employed by
the Company.  From  January  1998 to June 1998,  Mr. Couch served as a marketing
consultant  to the  Company.  From 1992 to 1997,  Mr.  Couch  worked at  Florida
Marketing  International,  Inc.,  a marketing  firm,  as the Vice  President  of
Marketing.  Mr. Couch  attended Utah State  University  in Logan,  Utah where he
received a Bachelors degree in Marketing.

John Lang, 49, served as a member of the Company's  Board of Directors from June
2, 1999 to November 2, 1999 (currently Mr. Lang's directorship  position remains
unfilled).  For the past 25 years,  Mr.  Lang has served as the Chief  Executive
Officer of Pinnacle Group L.L.C., a golf course  development  company located in
Scottsdale,  Arizona. Mr. Lang is also a trustee for the Pinnacle Foundation,  a
nonprofit foundation and handles the development,  sales, marketing and property
management for the Racquet Club at Scottsdale Ranch,  Arizona. In addition,  Mr.
Lang serves on the Board of Directors for Phoenix Seminary.  Mr. Lang received a
Bachelors degree in Philosophy from Roanoke College, Salem, Virginia.

Greg Maxwell,  46, was  appointed to the  Company's  Board of Directors in April
1999 and served until October 28, 1999. Since 1989, Mr. Maxwell has been a pilot
for United Airlines and, prior to that time,



                                       31
<PAGE>

was a registered  representative for a registered broker/dealer in Dallas, Texas
and a licensed real estate  broker.  Mr.  Maxwell  earned a Bachelors  degree in
Occupational Education (Aviation) from Southern Illinois University.

Richard Smith,  43, served as the Company's Chief  Financial  Officer from March
1999 to November 8, 1999.  Currently,  Mr. Smith is responsible for overseeing a
number  of the  Company's  operating  subsidiaries.  For the three  years  prior
working  at WCFC,  Mr.  Smith  worked as an  independent  consultant,  assisting
companies in the areas of internal  audit,  cost  control and asset  protection.
Prior to that time, Mr. Smith served for eight years as the Director of Internal
Audit for  Egghead  Software.  Mr.  Smith  received a Bachelor of Arts degree in
Political Science from Brigham Young University in 1985.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

The federal  securities  laws  require the  Company's  directors  and  executive
officers,  and  persons who own more than ten  percent of the  Company's  common
stock to file with the Securities  and Exchange  commission  initial  reports of
ownership and reports of changes in ownership of any securities of the Company.

To the Company's knowledge, based solely on review of the copies of such reports
furnished to the Company and written  representations that no other reports were
required  during the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1999,  all of the Company's
directors,  executive  officers and  greater-than-ten  percent beneficial owners
made all required filings on a timely basis.

Board Meetings and Committees

During 1999, the Board of Directors held 9 meetings.

Board Committees

Until November 14, 1999, the Company  recognized three distinct Board Committees
under its Bylaws.  The  Committees  were as  follows:  the  Executive  Committee
established  with  the  authority  to  approve  acquisitions,   financing,   and
disposition  of certain  assets;  the Audit  Committee  established  to maintain
relations with the Company's independent auditors and to monitor fiscal policies
and  procedures;   and  the   Compensation   Committee   established  to  review
compensation  strategies,  employee salaries, and benefits programs.  Laura Cook
(Chair) Wade Cook, Angela Pirtle, Robert Hondel, and Robin Anderson (Vice-Chair,
and  Secretary)  served on the  Executive  Committee  during 1999.  Nick Dettman
(Chair) John Lang, Angela Pirtle, and Janice Leysath  (Vice-Chair and Secretary)
served on the Audit Committee during 1999. Greg Maxwell (Chair), Janice Leysath,
Joel Black  (Vice-Chair  and  Secretary)  served on the  Compensation  Committee
during 1999. The Audit and Compensation Committees each met once in 1999.

On November  14,  1999,  the Board of  Directors  met and amended the  Company's
Bylaws  abolishing the Executive  Committee and Compensation  Committee as stand
alone  committees.  The Board of Directors  then resolved to establish one stand
alone  committee  called  the  Audit/Executive  Committee.  The  Audit/Executive
Committee  possesses the same  authority and  responsibilities  as the Audit and
Executive  Committees  had retained  under the prior Bylaws.  The members of the
Audit/Executive  Committee are as follows:  Janice Leysath  (Chairperson),  Nick
Dettman,  Angela  Pirtle,  Gene  Stevens,  and Joel Black.  The  Audit/Executive
Committee did not meet in 1999, but did meet March 15, 2000.



                                       32
<PAGE>

Item 11.  Executive Compensation Summary of Cash and Certain Other Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

The table below shows, for the last three fiscal years, compensation paid to the
Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer and the three most  highly  paid  executive
officers serving at fiscal year end whose total compensation  exceeded $100,000.
We refer to all these officers as the "Named Executive Officers."

<TABLE>
                                                                       Annual Compensation
                                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Fiscal          Salary                   Bonus               Other Annual
Name and Principal Position            Year             ($)                     ($)              Compensation ($)
- ------------------------------------  ------- ------------------------  ---------------------   --------------------
<S>                                    <C>           <C>                   <C>                      <C>
Wade B. Cook
   Chairman, President and Chief       1999          299,376                       -                 3,937,214(1)
   Executive Officer...............    1998          245,000                                         7,489,000 (1)
                                       1997          238,000                   7,500                 9,997,000 (1)

Robin Anderson
   Assistant to the President Over     1999           60,000                                            81,355(2)
   Sales and Marketing and Director    1998           59,000                     500                    81,000
                                       1997           91,000                                                 -

Robert Hondel                          1999           99,152                       -                    10,000(3)
   Director of Sales for the Stock     1998          110,000                       -                    11,000
   Market Institute of Learning,       1997          112,000                       -                    81,000
   Inc. and Director...............
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------

(1)  Represents  royalties  accrued  by Mr.  Cook for the  licensing  of certain
     intellectual  property  rights  to  the  Company.  See  Item  13.  "Certain
     Relationships and Related Transactions."
(2)  Represents  amounts paid to Ms.  Anderson for  commissions,  director fees,
     vacation pay, holiday pay and other employee benefits.
(3)  Represents amounts paid to Robert Hondel as director fees.


1997 Stock Incentive Plan

The Company's 1997 Stock  Incentive Plan (the "Plan")  provides for the granting
of stock bonuses,  stock options,  stock appreciation rights,  phantom stock and
other  stock-based  awards.  The Plan is  administered by the Board of Directors
which has the right to grant  awards to eligible  participants  and to determine
the terms and  conditions  of such  grants,  including,  but not limited to, the
vesting  schedule and exercise  price of the awards.  All  directors,  officers,
consultants  and other  employees are eligible to receive awards under the Plan.
The  Company  filed the Plan on the Form S-8 to  register  the  shares  with the
Securities and Exchange Commission in August of 1999.

Option Grants In The Last Fiscal Year

During the fiscal year ended  December 31, 2000,  the Company  granted the Named
Executive Officers and Directors options to purchase the Company's common stock.
The grants were issued under the Company' 1997 Stock  Incentive  Plan filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on the Form S-8 and are as follows:



                                       33
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Percent of Total
                                      Options Granted
                    Number of         to Employees,
                    Securities        Directors and                                          Alternative to
                    Underlying        Independent                                            (f) and (g)
                    Option            Contractors in    Exercise of                          Grant date
Name                Granted (#)       Fiscal Year       Base Price        Expiration          value
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>                  <C>              <C>             <C>                  <C>
Robin Anderson      2,500(1)             0.003%           $0.50            December 15,             0%
                                                                           2001
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robin Anderson      40,000(2)            0.05%            $0.50            December 15,             0%
                                                                           2002
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Joel Black          2,500(3)             0.003%           $0.50            December 15,             0%
                                                                           2001
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Joel Black          20,000(4)            0.05%            $0.50            December 15,             0%
                                                                           2002
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cynthia Britten     2,500(1)             0.003%           $0.50            December 15,             0%
                                                                           2001
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cynthia Britten     40,000(5)            0.05%            $0.50            December 15,             0%
                                                                           2002
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert Hondel       2,500(1)             0.003%           $0.50            December 15,             0%
                                                                           2001
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert Hondel       40,000(6)            0.05%            $0.50            December 15,             0%
                                                                           2002
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janice Leysath      20,000(7)            0.05%            $0.50            December 15,             0%
                                                                           2002
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Angela Pirtle       20,000(8)            0.05%            $0.50            December 15,             0%
                                                                           2002
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Daniel Wagner       2,500(9)          0.003%            $0.50              December 15,             0%
                                                                           2002
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Daniel Wagner       20,000(10)        0.05%             $0.50             December 15,             0%
                                                                          2002
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

1.   Represents  options  issued to the named  party in  his/her  capacity  as a
     Company employee.
2.   Represents an option to purchase 20,000 shares in Ms.  Anderson's  capacity
     as Director of the Company,  and an option to purchase 20,000 shares in Ms.
     Anderson's capacity as a member of the Company's Management.
3.   Represent  options  issued to the named  party in  his/her  capacity  as an
     independent contractor.
4.   Represents an option to purchase  20,000 shares in Mr. Black's  capacity as
     Director of the Company.
5.   Represents an option to purchase 20,000 shares in Mrs.  Britten's  capacity
     as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, and an option to purchase 20,000
     shares in Ms. Britten's capacity as a member of the Company's Management.
6.   Represents an option to purchase 20,000 shares in Mr. Hondels's capacity as
     Director of the  Company,  and an option to purchase  20,000  shares in Mr.
     Hondel's capacity as a member of the Company's Management.
7.   Represents an option to purchase 20,000 shares in Mrs.  Leysath's  capacity
     as Director of the Company.
8.   Represents an option to purchase 20,000 shares in Mrs. Pirtle's capacity as
     Director of the Company.
9.   Represent  options  issued to the named  party in  his/her  capacity  as an
     independent contractor.
10.  Represents an option to purchase 20,000 shares in Mrs.  Leysath's  capacity
     as Director of the Company.



                                       34
<PAGE>

Aggregated  Option  Exercises  In Last  Fiscal Year And Fiscal  Year-End  Option
Values

No option  contracts were signed during the year ended December 31, 1999, and as
a result none of the parties had a vested interest in the options until the year
2000.

Compensation of Directors

The  directors  of the Company were  compensated  during the last fiscal year as
follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>
     Annual retainer as a director..............................................$  10,000
     Annual retainer for membership on a standing committee.....................$   1,000
     Annual retainer as Chair of a standing committee...........................$     500
     Reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred in attending
       Board or committee.......................................................$     100 per
       meetings.................................................................   diem, plus
                                                                                    variable
                                                                                    expenses.
</TABLE>

In addition,  each director is eligible to  participate  in the  Company's  1997
Incentive Stock Plan. See "--1997 Stock Incentive Plan."

Employment Agreements

The Company has entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Cook, effective as
of July 1,  1997,  pursuant  to which Mr.  Cook  serves as the  Company's  Chief
Executive Officer and President. The agreement provides for a three-year term in
which Mr. Cook will receive an annual base salary of $240,000 for the year ended
June 30, 1998, $265,000 for the year ended June 30, 1999 and $300,000 in for the
year ended June 30, 2000. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Cook may receive
additional  bonuses for work as approved by the Board of Directors.  To date, no
such bonuses have been requested or approved. In addition,  Mr. Cook is entitled
to  reimbursement  for  reasonable  travel and business  entertainment  expenses
authorized  by the Company,  as well as certain  fringe  benefits.  See Item 13.
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During 1999, no member of the Compensation  Committee was an employee or officer
of the  registrant  or its  subsidiaries,  or was  involved  in a related  party
transaction required to be reported under Item 404 of Regulation S-K.

Board Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation.

The Board of  Directors  in  conjunction  with the  Compensation  Committee  was
responsible  for  establishing   compensation   policy  and   administering  the
compensation  programs of the Company's  executive  officers.  In November 1999,
these  responsibilities were assumed by a new Executive Audit Committee.  During
1999, the Company  maintained its existing  policies on compensation with regard
to employees,  directors, and executive officers. Generally, the compensation of
employees,  directors,  and executive  officers and the terms of employment have
been set solely by Mr. Cook.

Mr. Cook,  the Company's  CEO,  currently has an employment  agreement  with the
Company  which  began  in 1997  and set to  expire  in  June of the  year  2000.
Consequently,  neither the Company's Compensation Committee nor has the Board of
Directors met to review Mr. Cook's annual compensation.



                                       35
<PAGE>

                COMPARISON OF 30 MONTH CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
                        AMONG WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORP.,
             THE NASDAQ FINANCIAL INDEX AND THE RUSSELL 2000 INDEX


                              [PERFORMANCE GRAPH]


                                           Cumulative Total Return
                             ------------------------------------------------
                                    6/97       12/97       12/98       12/99

WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORP.         100.00      685.31       71.67       30.27
RUSSELL 2000                      100.00      114.79      107.38      105.78
NASDAQ FINANCIAL                  100.00      125.94      122.25      120.89

*$100 invested on 6/30/97 in stock or index -
including reinvestment of dividends.
fiscal year ending December 31


Item 12.  Security Ownership Of Certain Beneficial Owners And Management

The following table sets forth information,  as of February 28, 2000,  regarding
the  beneficial  ownership of the Company's  common stock by any person known to
the  Company  to be the  beneficial  owner  of more  than  five  percent  of the
outstanding  common  stock,  by  directors,  and by all  directors and executive
officers of the Company as a group.

<TABLE>
                                                                   Amount and Nature of
                                                                  Beneficial Ownership of         Percent of
                 Name and Address (1)                                 Common Stock(2)               Class
- -------------------------------------------------------         ----------------------------     -------------
<S>                                                                          <C>                  <C>    *
Robin Anderson......................................                         20,190                      *
Joel Black (5)......................................                             75                  64.5%
Laura M. Cook(3)....................................                     41,351,185                  64.5%
Wade B. Cook(3).....................................                     41,351,185                      *
Nick Dettman(4).....................................                        180,000                      *
Robert Hondel.......................................                        201,310
Janice Leysath......................................                         10,000                      *
Angela Pirtle.......................................                             --                      *
Gene Stevens........................................                          5,000
Daniel Wagner(6)....................................                          3,885                      *
All current directors and executive officers as
 a group (13 persons) ..............................                     41,771,645                  65.2%

</TABLE>
*    Represents less than 1%.
(1)  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  the address for each beneficial owner is c/o
     Wade Cook Financial  Corporation,  14675 Interurban Avenue South,  Seattle,
     Washington 98168-4664.
(2)  Based on an aggregate of 64,058,948  shares  outstanding as of February 29,
     2000.
(3)  Includes (a)  8,517,745  shares of Common Stock owned of record by Mr. Cook
     directly; (b) 266,100 shares of Common Stock held in the name of Mr. Cook's
     individual  retirement  account;  (c) 800,000  shares held by the Wade Cook
     Family Trust; (d) 1,775,200  shares held by corporations  controlled by Mr.
     Cook;  (e) 295,000  shares held by a trust for Wade and Laura  Cook's minor
     children and (f) 29,697,140  shares owned by Wade B. Cook and Laura M. Cook
     Family Trust.
(4)  Represents 180,000 shares held by a company controlled by Mr. Dettman.
(5)  Represents 75 shares held by a company controlled by Mr. Black.
(6)  Represents 3,885 shares held by company controlled by Mr. Wagner.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

On March 2, 1999, Mr. Cook and the Company entered into a Publishing  Agreement,
effective  February 1, 1996,  which gives the Company  certain rights to promote
and sell  materials  authored  by Mr.  Cook.  Under the terms of the  Publishing
Agreement,  Mr. Cook is entitled to receive a ten percent  (10%)  royalty on the
net  revenues  attributable  to  the  sale  of  published  materials.  In  1999,
$93,027.32 was paid under the contract.

The Company has an Open-end  Product  Agreement  with Mr.  Cook,  most  recently
amended on March 15, 2000, that gives the Company a non-exclusive license to use
Mr. Cook's products,  intellectual property,  name, image, identity,  trademarks
and trade symbols. Under the terms of the Open-ended Product Agreement, Mr. Cook
is entitled to receive the lesser of $5,000,000  or 5% of gross sales.  In 1999,
Mr. Cook had accrued approximately $3 million in royalties under the Agreement.

On December 15th,  1999, the Company  entered into an Assignment  Agreement with
Never Ending  Wealth,  L.P., a corporation  controlled by Mr. Cook, in which Mr.
Cook was assigned all right,  title,  and interest in Certain  Promissory  Notes
held by several of the Company's wholly owned subsidiaries. The Promissory

                                       36
<PAGE>

Notes have an aggregate value determined to be $786,337.67. The Promissory Notes
were assigned in  satisfaction  of  $786,337.67 in royalties owed to Mr. Cook by
the Company.  The  obligator on the  Promissory  Notes is Newstart Auto Centres,
Inc.,  an  automotive  leasing  Company in which Mr. Cook  presently  owns a 50%
interest.

During 1999, the Company paid an aggregate of $62,415.40 to companies controlled
by  Scott  Scheuerman,  Mr.  Cook's  brother-in-law,  primarily  as  vendors  of
business, office support and registered agent services provided to the Company's
customers. Of the monies paid to companies controlled by Mr. Scheuerman, $33,000
represents the transfer of a Company owned automobile.

During 1999, the Company paid salaries and other  compensation  to its executive
officers as set forth under Item 11. "Executive Compensation."

                                     Part IV

Item 14.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, And Reports On Form 8-K.

(a)      The following documents are filed as part of this report:

     1.   Financial Statements

          (i)       Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1998 and 1999
          (ii)      Consolidated  Statements of Operations and Retained Earnings
                    for the years ending December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999
          (iii)     Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
          (iv)      Consolidated Cash Flow Statements
          (v)       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

          2.   Financial Statement Schedules

               Not required.

          3.   Exhibits


Exhibit No.         Description
- -----------         -----------
  2.1(Infinity)     Stock Purchase  Agreement  dated June 30, 1998, by and among
                    the Company,  Entity Planners,  Inc., and Berry,  Childers &
                    Associates, L.L.C.

  2.2(Infinity)
                    Amendment to Stock Purchase  Agreement  dated  September 30,
                    1998 by and among the  Company,  Entity  Planners  Inc.  and
                    Berry, Childers & Associates, L.L.C.

  2.3*              Purchase  and Sale  Agreement,  dated July 4, 1996,  between
                    United Support Association and Seller

  2.4*              All  Inclusive  Trust  Deed  dated  March 8,  1997,  for the
                    purchase and  assumption  of certain  real-estate  by Rising
                    Tide, LTD from East Bay Lodging Association, LTD

  2.5**             Share  Exchange  Agreement,  dated January 1, 1998,  between
                    Wade Cook Financial Corporation and Information Quest, Inc.

  2.6**             Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  August 8, 1997,  between
                    Profit  Financial  Corporation  and  Curtis  A.  Taylor  and
                    Stanley J. Zenk regarding Worldwide Acquisition.



                                       37
<PAGE>

Exhibit No.         Description
- -----------         -----------
  2.7**             Stock Purchase Agreement, dated August 1, 1997, between Wade
                    Cook Financial Corporation and John V. Childers, Sr., Brenda
                    Childers,  Tracy Allan  Childers and John V.  Childers,  Jr.
                    regarding Ideal Acquisition.

  2.8**             Share  Exchange  Agreement,  dated August 15, 1997,  between
                    Profit Financial Corporation and Gold Leaf Press, Inc.

  2.9**             Share  Exchange  Agreement,  dated August 15, 1997,  between
                    Profit Financial Corporation and Origin Book Sales, Inc.

  2.10***           Assignment  and Assumption of Interest,  Consent  Agreement,
                    Memorandum of Terms re: Airport Hotel Partners, L.L.C.

  2.11***           Limited Liability  Company Interest  Purchase  Agreement re:
                    Woods Cross Hotel Partners, L.C. dated November 29, 1997

  2.12***           Limited Liability  Company Interest Purchase  Agreement with
                    exhibits re: Park City Hotel  Partners,  L.C. dated February
                    4, 1997

  2.13***           Memorandum of Terms,  Assignment and Assumption of Interest,
                    Warranty Deed re: Airport Lodging Associates, L.L.C.

  2.14****          Share  Exchange  Agreement,  dated January 1, 1998,  between
                    WCFC & Quantum Marketing, Inc.

  2.15****          Stock  Assignment  Agreement dated January 1, 1998,  between
                    WCFC & Glendon H. Sypher

  3.1**             Articles of Incorporation of Wade Cook Financial Corporation

  3.2               Bylaws of Wade Cook Financial Corporation

  4.1**             Form of  Wade  Cook  Financial  Corporation's  Common  Stock
                    Certificate

 10.1**(Function)   1997 Stock Incentive Plan of Wade Cook Financial Corporation

 10.2**             Form of  Indemnification  Agreement  of Wade Cook  Financial
                    Corporation

 10.3*              Product Agreement,  dated June 25, 1997, and effective as of
                    July 1, 1997,  among Wade Cook Seminars,  Inc.,  Money Chef,
                    Inc., and Wade B. Cook

 10.4*              Agreement  dated February 1, 1996,  between Wade B. Cook and
                    Lighthouse Publishing Group, Inc.

 10.5*              Amended Agreement, dated June 26, 1997, between Wade B. Cook
                    and Lighthouse Publishing Group, Inc.

 10.6*              Agreement  Dated  January 1, 1997,  between Wade B. Cook and
                    Lighthouse Publishing Group, Inc.

 10.7*              Amended Agreement dated June 26, 1997,  between Wade B. Cook
                    and Lighthouse Publishing Group, Inc.



                                       38
<PAGE>

Exhibit No.         Description
- -----------         -----------
 10.8*              Agreement  dated  March 1,  1997,  between  Wade B. Cook and
                    Lighthouse Publishing Group, Inc.


 10.9*              Agreement  dated  May 1,  1997,  between  Wade B.  Cook  and
                    Lighthouse Publishing Group, Inc.

 10.10*(Function)   Employment  Agreement  dated June 26,  1997,  by and between
                    Wade Cook Seminars, Inc., and Wade B. Cook

 10.11*             Commercial  Lease dated June 25,  1997,  by and between Wade
                    Cook Seminars, Inc. and U.S.A. Corporate Services, Inc.

 10.12*             Agreement  dated November 1, 1996,  between Wade B. Cook and
                    Lighthouse Publishing Group, Inc.

 10.13*             Secured Loan Agreement and Promissory Note (Secured) between
                    U.S.A., Wade Cook Seminars, Inc. and Newstart Centre, Inc.

 10.14**            Open-Ended Product Agreement,  dated March 20, 1998, between
                    Wade Cook Financial Corporation and Wade B. Cook

 10.15***           Product  Agreement,  dated March 23,  1998,  between  Planet
                    Cash,  Inc.,  Steven Allyn  Wirrick and Wade Cook  Financial
                    Corporation

 10.16***           Stock Assignment  Agreement,  dated January 1, 1998, between
                    Get Ahead Bookstores,  Inc., Glendon H. Sypher and Wade Cook
                    Financial Corporation

 10.17**            Product  Agreement,  dated March 23, 1998, between Wade Cook
                    Financial  Corporation,  Information  Quest, Inc. and Thomas
                    Cloward

 10.18**            Share Exchange Agreement,  dated September 12, 1997, between
                    Profit Financial  Corporation and Applied Voice Recognition,
                    Inc.

 10.19**            Publishing  Agreement,  effective October 1, 1997 and signed
                    January 12, 1998, between Lighthouse  Publishing Group, Inc.
                    and Wade B. Cook

 10.20**            Secured Loan Agreement,  Promissory Note, and Certificate of
                    Delivery  and  Receipt  of  Documents,  dated May 23,  1997,
                    between  USA/Wade Cook Seminars,  Inc. and Newstart  Centre,
                    Inc.

 10.21**            Secured Loan Agreement,  Promissory Note, and Certificate of
                    Delivery  and  Receipt of  Documents,  dated June 20,  1997,
                    between Wade Cook Seminars, Inc. and Newstart Centre, Inc.

 10.22**            Secured Loan Agreement,  Promissory Note, and Certificate of
                    Delivery  and  Receipt of  Documents,  dated July 25,  1997,
                    between Wade Cook Seminars, Inc. and Newstart Centre, Inc.

 10.23**            Secured Loan Agreement,  Promissory Note, and Certificate of
                    Delivery  and Receipt of  Documents,  dated August 22, 1997,
                    between Information Quest, Inc. and Newstart Centre, Inc.



                                       39
<PAGE>

Exhibit No.         Description
- -----------         -----------

 10.24**            Secured Loan  Agreement,  Promissory Note and Certificate of
                    Delivery and Receipt of  Documents,  dated  October 9, 1997,
                    between Information Quest, Inc. and Newstart Centre, Inc.

 10.25**            Secured Loan  Agreement,  Promissory Note and Certificate of
                    Delivery and Receipt of  Documents,  dated  October 9, 1997,
                    between Left Coast  Advertising,  Inc. and Newstart  Centre,
                    Inc.

 10.26**            Secured Loan  Agreement,  Promissory Note and Certificate of
                    Delivery  and Receipt of  Documents  dated  August 19, 1997,
                    between Left Coast  Advertising,  Inc. and Newstart  Centre,
                    Inc.

 10.27***           Secured Loan  Agreement,  Promissory Note and Certificate of
                    Delivery and Receipt of  Documents,  dated January 20, 1998,
                    between Wade Cook Seminars, Inc. and Newstart Centre, Inc.

 10.28**            Secured  Promissory Note, dated July 31, 1997,  between Wade
                    Cook Seminars, Inc. and Robert and Meda Hondel

 10.29***           Secured  Promissory Note, dated June 18, 1997,  between Paul
                    and Laurie Cook and Wade Cook Seminars, Inc.

 10.30***           Secured Promissory Note, dated January 1, 1998, between Paul
                    and Laurie Cook and Wade Cook Seminars, Inc.

 10.31***           Warranty Deed, Articles of Organization re: Red Rock Lodging
                    Associates

 10.32****          Contract for Sale of Real Estate  dated  January 20, 1998 by
                    and between Ideal Travel  Concepts,  Inc. and/or assigns and
                    Kenneth B. Lenoir

 10.33(Infinity)    Exclusive  Product License  Agreement dated June 30, 1998 by
                    and between Wade B. Cook, and Entity Planners, Inc.

 10.34(Infinity)    Exclusive  Product License  Agreement dated June 30, 1998 by
                    and  between  Wade Cook  Financial  Corporation,  and Entity
                    Planners, Inc.

 10.35(Infinity)    Open Ended  Product  Agreement  between the Company and Wade
                    Cook dated March 20, 1998

 10.36(Infinity)    Amendment to the Open Ended Product Agreement dated November
                    13, 1998 by and between the Company and Wade Cook

 10.37#             Assignment  and Assumption of Interest dated August 22, 1996
                    by  and  between  Zion's  Management  and  Development  Co.,
                    Airport Lodging Associates L.C. and Wade Cook Seminars, Inc.

 10.38#             Real Estate  Purchase  Contract  dated  August 22, 1997 (St.
                    George Hilton)

 10.39#             Addendum No. 1/Counteroffer to Real Estate Purchase Contract
                    dated August 1997 (St. George Hilton

 10.40#             Real Estate  Lease dated July 16, 1998  between  Origin Book
                    Sales, Inc. and California Avenue Associates, LLC.




                                       40
<PAGE>

Exhibit No.         Description
- -----------         -----------

 10.41#             Form of Speaker Agreement

 10.42#             Agreement  dated December 11, 1998 between THH Ventures L.C.
                    and the Company

 10.43              Assignment  Agreement  dated   December  15,  1999  by  and
                    between  Wade Cook  Financial  Corporation  and Never Ending
                    Wealth, L.P.

 10.44              Purchase  and Sale  Agreement  for  Hotel  Properties  dated
                    December  1999  by and  between Bountiful  Investment Group,
                    Inc. and Eagle Rock Finance, L.C.

 10.45              Promissory Note dated December 20, 2000 made by Stock Market
                    Institute of Learning,  Inc. in favor of Sun Life  Assurance
                    Company of Canada.

 10.46              Promissory  Note dated June 1999 made by Quantum  Marketing,
                    Inc. in favor of Habib American Bank.

 11.1#              Statement of Computation of Per Share Earnings

 16.1**             Letter re: Change in Certifying Accountant

 21.1#              List of Wade Cook Financial Corporation Subsidiaries

 27.1#              Financial Data Schedule - December 31, 1999

- ---------------------------------
*    Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company's  registration  statement on
     Form 10 filed with the SEC on April 30,  1997,  as amended on June 29, 1997
     and September 24, 1997

**   Previously  filed as an exhibit to the  Company's  Form 10-K filed with the
     SEC on March 31, 1998

***  Previously  filed as an exhibit to the Company's Form 10-K/A filed with the
     SEC on July 20, 1998

**** Previously  filed as an exhibit to the  Company's  Form 10-Q filed with the
     SEC on August 8, 1998

      (Infinity)    Previously  filed as an exhibit to the  Company's  Form 10-Q
                    filed with the SEC on November 16, 1998

      (Function)    This document has been  identified as a management  contract
                    or compensatory plan or arrangement.

#    Previously  filed as an exhibit to the  Company's  Form 10-K filed with the
     SEC on March 31, 1999

(b)  Reports on Form 8-K

     There were no  reports  filed on Form 8-K filed by the  Company  during the
     fourth quarter of 1999.



                                       41
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  Wade Cook  Financial  Corporation  has duly  caused this
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

March 29, 2000.

                                          WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION

                                          /s/ Wade B. Cook
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Wade B. Cook, Chief Executive Officer


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
to be  signed  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of  Wade  Cook  Financial
Corporation in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature                       Title                               Date
- ---------                       -----                               ----


/s/ Wade B. Cook                Chief Executive Officer,         March 29, 2000
- ---------------------------     Director
Wade B. Cook                    (principal executive officer)


/s/ Cynthia Britten             Chief Financial Officer          March 29, 2000
- ---------------------------
Cynthia Britten


/s/ Laura Cook                  Director/Secretary               March __, 2000
- ---------------------------
Laura Cook


/s/ Robert Hondel               Director                         March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------
Robert Hondel


/s/ Robin Anderson              Director                         March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------
Robin Anderson


/s/ Nicolas Dettman             Director                         March __, 2000
- ---------------------------
Nicolas Dettman


/s/ Joel Black                  Director                         March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------
Joel Black


/s/ Janice Leysath              Director                         March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------
Janice Leysath


/s/ Dan Wagner                  Director                         March 29, 2000
- ---------------------------
Dan Wagner


/s/ Gene Stevens                Director                         March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------
Gene Stevens



<PAGE>

                               MILLER AND CO. LLP
                          ACCOUNTANTS AND CONSULTANTS







Tel: (310 576-6880          501 Santa Monica Boulevard           MEMBER OF
Fax: (310) 576-6881                 Second Floor           SEC PRACTICE SECTION
e-mail: millco@miller     Santa Monica, California 90401          OF THE
        andcollp.com                                      AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF
                                                    CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
                                Established 1949



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Board of Directors
Wade Cook Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Seattle, Washington


We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of Wade Cook
Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the
related consolidated statements of operations,  changes in shareholders' equity,
and cash flows for the years ended  December 31,  1999,  1998,  and 1997.  These
consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility is to express an opinion on these  consolidated
financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material  respects,  the consolidated  financial position of Wade
Cook Financial  Corporation  and  subsidiaries as of December 31, 1999 and 1998,
and the results of their  consolidated  operations and their  consolidated  cash
flows for the years ended December 31, 1999,  1998, and 1997 in conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have been  prepared  assuming that the
Company  will  continue  as a  going  concern.  As  discussed  in  Note Y to the
financial statements, the Company has suffered a significant operating loss from
operations  and  continues  to have a working  capital  deficiency  that  raises
substantial  doubt in its ability to continue as a going  concern.  Management's
plans in regard to these  matters are also  described  in Note Y. The  financial
statements do not include any adjustments  that might result from the outcome of
this uncertainty.

/s/ Miller and Co. LLP

Santa Monica, California
March 8, 2000


                                      -1-
<PAGE>



                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                     ASSETS
<TABLE>
(in thousands, except for per share data)                                                      December 31,
                                                                                   --------------------------------------
CURRENT ASSETS                                                        NOTES              1999                 1998
- --------------                                                     ------------    -----------------    -----------------
<S>                                                                <C>                  <C>                 <C>
   Cash and cash equivalents                                               A           $     1,854         $    1,742
   Marketable securities                                                 A,C                 1,914              2,870
   Trade and credit card receivables                                       B                 1,212              3,112
   Inventory                                                               A                 2,597              3,743
   Notes receivable                                                      B,Q                   362                  -
   Due from related parties                                              B,F                   124                 65
   Notes receivable - employees, current portion                         B,F                   119                112
   Prepaid expenses                                                                            363                354
   Deferred tax assets                                                     O                   456                  -
   Income tax refund receivable                                         A, O                 1,199                  -
                                                                                  -----------------    -----------------
        TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS                                                                10,200             11,998
                                                                                  -----------------    -----------------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT                                                 A,D,Q                12,098             29,203
                                                                                   -----------------    -----------------
GOODWILL & OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS                                         A                 2,140              3,061
                                                                                   -----------------    -----------------
OTHER ASSETS
   Other investments                                                     A,L                 4,213              9,748
   Deposits                                                                E                    23                152
   Notes receivable - employees                                          B,F                 2,361              2,920
   Note receivable                                                       B,Q                 2,050                  -
   Due from related parties                                              B,F                   520              1,616
                                                                                  -----------------    -----------------
        TOTAL OTHER ASSETS                                                                   9,167             14,436
                                                                                  -----------------    -----------------
             TOTAL ASSETS                                                              $    33,605         $   58,698
                                                                                  =================    =================
</TABLE>


The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial
statements. See accompanying independent auditors' report.


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

                      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
                                                                                               December 31,
                                                                                   -------------------------------------
CURRENT LIABILITIES                                                   NOTES             1999                 1998
- -------------------                                                ------------    ----------------     ----------------
<S>                                                                 <C>                <C>                   <C>
   Current portion of long-term debt                                       G         $      730           $    4,667
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses                                                  7,530                9,198
   Margin loans in investment accounts                                     L                179                  146
   Payroll and other taxes withheld and accrued                                             134                  163
   Income taxes payable                                                  A,O                108                4,969
   Deferred tax liability                                                  O                  -                  642
   Deferred revenue                                                        A              2,441                5,031
   Due to related parties                                                  F              1,867                3,155
                                                                                    -------------        --------------
       TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES                                                         12,989               27,971
                                                                                    -------------        --------------
LONG -TERM LIABILITIES
       Long-term debts                                                     G              3,455                9,473
       Deferred revenue                                                    A                372                  631
                                                                                    -------------        --------------
            TOTAL LONG-TERM LIABILITIES                                                   3,827               10,104
                                                                                    -------------        --------------
       TOTAL LIABILITIES                                                                 16,816               38,075
                                                                                    -------------        --------------
COMMITMENTS & CONTINGENCIES                                              N,T

MINORITY INTEREST                                                                           404                  936
                                                                                    -------------        --------------
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
   Preferred stock, 5,000 shares authorized at $10 par
     value, none issued and outstanding                                                       -                    -

   Common stock, 140,000 shares authorized at $0.001 par value,
     64,003 shares and 64,246 shares outstanding
     as of, December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively                       H                 64                  644
   Paid-in capital                                                                        4,845                4,093
   Prepaid advertising                                                     I               (170)                (500)
   Unearned compensation                                                   K                (56)                   -
   Retained earnings                                                                     12,239               15,987
                                                                                    -------------        --------------
                                                                                         16,922               20,224
      Less:   treasury stock at cost (251 shares)                          H               (537)                (537)
                                                                                    -------------        --------------
             TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                                                  16,385               19,687
                                                                                    -------------        --------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES, MINORITY INTEREST,
AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                                                             $   33,605           $   58,698
                                                                                    =============        ==============
</TABLE>



                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND RETAINED EARNINGS


<TABLE>
                                                                                                Years Ended
                                                                         ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               December 31,
                                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands, except per share data)                        NOTES             1999                 1998                 1997
                                                            ---------    -----------------    ----------------    -----------------

<S>                                                         <C>            <C>                   <C>                 <C>
REVENUES, NET OF RETURNS AND DISCOUNTS                           P         $    84,128           $  118,207          $  93,343

COSTS OF REVENUES                                                P
   Royalties to related party                                                    2,979                7,811              9,997
   Speaker fees to related party                                                    60                  378                167
   Other costs of revenues                                                      37,478               48,574             29,328
                                                                         ---------------       ---------------      --------------
             TOTAL COSTS OF REVENUES                                            40,517               56,763             39,492
                                                                         ---------------       ---------------      --------------
       GROSS PROFIT                                                             43,611               61,444             53,851
SELLING, GENERAL AND
   ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES                                                      50,869               57,890             39,309
                                                                         ---------------       ---------------      --------------
       INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS                                            (7,258)               3,554             14,542
                                                                         ---------------       ---------------      --------------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
   Dividends and interest                                                          335                  624                385
   Gain (loss) on trading securities                           A,C               3,728                  837               (804)
   Other income                                                                    427                  386                128
   Loss on other investments                                                    (1,705)                (435)              (106)
   Loss on disposition of fixed assets                                          (2,946)                   -                  -
   Licensing fees                                                V               2,516                1,697                  -
   Interest expense                                                             (1,753)              (1,453)              (309)
                                                                         ---------------       ---------------      --------------
       TOTAL OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)                                                602                1,656               (706)
                                                                         ---------------       ---------------      --------------
       INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES                                        (6,656)               5,210             13,836

PROVISION FOR (BENEFITS FROM)
             INCOME TAXES                                        O              (2,853)               2,346              5,579
                                                                         ---------------       ---------------      --------------

       INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE MINORITY INTEREST
                                                                                (3,803)               2,864              8,257
MINORITY INTEREST                                                                   55                  127                 21
                                                                         ---------------       ---------------      --------------

       INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
                                                                                (3,748)               2,991              8,278
                                                                         ---------------       ---------------      --------------
</TABLE>




The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial
statements. See accompanying independent auditors' report.




                                       -4-
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
                                                                                              Years Ended
                                                                        ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                              December 31,
                                                                        ---------------------------------------------------------
       (in thousands, except per share data)                                 1999                 1998                1997
                                                                        ----------------    -----------------    ----------------
<S>                                                                        <C>                  <C>                 <C>
  DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS                                         V
     Income from operations of Entity Planners, Inc.,
     to be disposed of (net of income taxes of
     $315 in 1998, and $484 in 1997)                                             -                  585                 714

     Operating income of Entity Planners, Inc., during
     phase-out period (net of income tax of $8 in 1998)                          -                   15                   -

     Gain on disposal of Entity Planners, Inc. (net of
     income tax of $88 in 1998)                                                  -                  163                   -
                                                                        ----------------    -----------------    ----------------
                  INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS                            -                  763                 714
                                                                        ----------------    -----------------    ----------------

     NET INCOME (LOSS)                                                    ($ 3,748)             $ 3,754            $  8,992
                                                                        ================    =================    ================
  EARNINGS PER SHARE                                              A
    Income (loss) from continuing operations                                ($ .06)             $   .05            $    .13
    Income from discontinued operations                                          -                  .01                 .01
    Income during phase-out period                                               -                    -                   -
    Gain on disposal                                                             -                    -                   -
                                                                        ----------------    -----------------    ----------------
    NET INCOME (LOSS)                                                       ($ .06)             $   .06            $    .14
                                                                        ================    =================    ================
    WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING                    63,870               63,888              63,363
                                                                        ================    =================    ================

</TABLE>




The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial
statements. See accompanying independent auditors' report.




                                       -5-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY


<TABLE>
                                        Class A                                             Prepaid
                                      Common Stock           Additional    Retained       Advertising/                    Total
(in thousands)                    ---------------------       Paid-in       Earnings         Unearned       Treasury    Shareholders
                                   Shares        Amount       Capital      (Deficit)      Compensation      Stock         Equity
                                 ----------    ---------     ----------   -----------    --------------   ----------   -------------
<S>                                 <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>             <C>             <C>          <C>
Balances - December 31, 1996 as
restated                            60,129       $  60       $    901      $  3,241          ($ 500)            -       $   3,702

Issuance of restricted common
stock for acquisition and
Investments                          4,103           4          3,363                                                      3,367

Authorized but unissued
restricted
stock for employee bonus                14           -              -                                                          -

Collection of subscription                                          6                                                          6
Receivable

Net Income for year ended

December 31, 1997                                                             8,992                                        8,992
                                 ----------    ---------     ----------   -----------    --------------   ----------   -------------

Balances - December 31, 1997        64,246          64          4,270        12,233            (500)            -         16,067

Issuance of restricted common
stock for acquisition and
Investments                            100           -            403                                                        403

Common stock purchased and
held in treasury at December                                                                                 (537)          (537)
31, 1998

Net Income for year ended
December 31, 1998                                                             3,754                                        3,754
                                 ----------    ---------     ----------   -----------    --------------   ----------   -------------

Balances - December 31, 1998        64,346          64          4,673        15,987            (500)         (537)        19,687

Issuance of restricted common
stock for employee option plan          57           -            372                                                        372

Returned shares on prepaid
advertising, Note I                   (400)          -           (200)                          200                           -

Utilization of prepaid
advertising to settle payable                                                                   130                          130
to vendor, Note I

Unearned compensation, Note K                                                                   (56)                         (56)

Net deficit for the year ended
December 31, 1999                                                            (3,748)                                      (3,748)
                                 ----------    ---------     ----------   -----------    --------------   ----------   -------------
Balances - December 31, 1999        64,003       $  64       $  4,845     $  12,239          ($ 226)      ($  537)      $ 16,385
                                 ==========    =========     ==========   ===========    ==============   ==========   =============
</TABLE>


The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial
statements. See accompanying independent auditors' report.



                                       -6-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                        CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENTS


<TABLE>
                                                                                            Years Ended
                                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           December 31,
                                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands)                                                             1999                1998                 1997
                                                                     -----------------    ----------------    -----------------
<S>                                                                      <C>                 <C>                   <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss)                                                       ($ 3,748)            $  3,754              $ 8,992
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
 (used for) operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization                                          3,762                1,958                1,287
    (Gains) losses on trading securities                                  (3,728)                (684)                 804
    Losses on disposition of fixed assets                                  2,946                    -                    -
      Impairment of long-lived assets                                        315                    -                    -
    Loss from other investments                                            1,705                  443                  106
      Bad debts                                                              244                    -                    -
    Net proceeds from (purchases of) trading securities                    4,684                1,979               (1,487)
Changes in assets and liabilities: net of effects of acquisitions:
    Receivables                                                            1,900                  171               (2,423)
    Inventory                                                              1,146               (2,431)                (582)
    Prepaid expenses                                                          (9)                (118)                (143)
    Deferred taxes                                                        (1,098)                 893                  532
      Income tax refund receivable                                        (1,199)                   -                    -
    Deposits                                                                 129                3,941               (4,058)
      Due from related parties                                             1,037                 (332)                   -
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses                                 (1,724)               2,747                8,536
    Payroll and other taxes withheld and accrued                             (29)                   -                 (688)
    Income taxes payable                                                  (4,861)                (285)                3,178
    Deferred revenue                                                      (2,849)                 898                 (396)
    Due to related party - royalties payable                              (1,288)               2,327                  290
                                                                      -------------        -------------         -------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR) OPERATING ACTIVITIES                      (2,665)              15,261               13,948
                                                                      -------------        -------------         -------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
    Notes receivable from employees and officers                             552                  504               (1,571)
      Notes receivable from others                                        (2,411)                   -                    -
    (Capital expenditures) sales of properties                            11,264              (18,926)              (4,157)
    (Purchase) sales of other investments                                  3,348               (2,162)              (6,286)
    Subsidiary's  investment                                                   -                  139                 (769)
    Return of subsidiary's investment                                        (54)                 248                    -
    Payment for purchase of companies, net of cash acquired                    -                 (423)              (1,748)
                                                                      -------------        -------------         -------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR) INVESTING ACTIVITIES                      12,699              (20,620)             (14,531)
                                                                      -------------        -------------         -------------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
     Proceeds from issuance of subsidiary's minority interest                  -                    -                   70
     Payment of book overdrafts                                                -               (2,156)                   -
     Long-term borrowings                                                 (6,018)              11,875                    -
     Repayment on short-term borrowings                                   (3,904)              (2,621)                (292)
     Issuance of common stock                                                  -                    -                   72
     Collection on subscription receivables and
       return of stock profits by officer                                      -                    -                  638
     Purchase of treasury stock                                                -                 (537)                   -
                                                                      -------------        -------------         -------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR) FINANCING ACTIVITIES                      (9,922)               6,561                  488
                                                                      -------------        -------------         -------------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH                                              112                1,202                  (95)

CASH, beginning of year                                                    1,742                  540                  635
                                                                      -------------        -------------         -------------
CASH, end of year                                                        $ 1,854             $  1,742             $    540
                                                                      =============        =============         =============
</TABLE>


The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial
statements See accompanying independent auditors' report.





                                       -7-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note A -  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

          Business
          Wade Cook  Financial  Corporation  (WCFC),  or  Company,  is the legal
          successor to Profit  Financial  Corporation  (PFC), a holding company,
          whose principal operating subsidiaries include:

          Stock Market Institute of Learning,  Inc.  (SMIL),  (formerly known as
          Wade Cook Seminars, Inc, and United Support Association,  Inc.) - SMIL
          conducts  educational  investment  and business  seminars and produces
          video tapes,  audio  tapes,  and written  materials  designed to teach
          various investment and cash flow strategies for investing in the stock
          market,   asset  protection  and  asset  accumulation   techniques  or
          strategies.  SMIL also hosts a  subscriber  internet  service,  Wealth
          Information  Network  (WIN),  which allows  subscribers  to log on for
          information related to the stock market.

          Lighthouse  Publishing Group,  Inc.  (Lighthouse) - publishes books on
          investment, financial and motivational topics.

          Left Coast Advertising,  Inc. (Left Coast) - is an advertising agency,
          with only inter-company sales.

          Origin Book Sales, Inc. (Origin) - is a book distributor.

          Worldwide Publishers, Inc. (Worldwide) - is a book publisher.

          Gold Leaf Press, Inc. (Gold Leaf) - is a book publisher.

          Ideal Travel Concepts,  Inc. (Ideal) - is a travel agency, also in the
          business of selling travel agent training kits.

          Bountiful  Investment  Group,  Inc.  - owns  interest  in real  estate
          ventures, primarily hotels.

          In 1998, the Company acquired the following business enterprises (Note
          R):

          Information  Quest,  Inc.  (IQ) - the producer of the IQ Pager,  which
          provides   subscribers   with  paging   services  for  stock   related
          information.

          Quantum  Marketing Inc.  (Quantum) - which  provides  local  marketing
          through  its website on the  internet  and retail  centers  located in
          Tacoma and Seattle,  Washington and Santa Ana, California.  The retail
          centers also provide  consumers  with online  terminals with access to
          stock market information through the Wealth Information Network (WIN).

          Get  Ahead  Bookstores,  Inc.  - a  retail  distributor  of  financial
          education, personal development, and inspirational products, including
          books,  audio tapes, and video tapes located in the Quantum  education
          centers.

          Copyrights
          The  copyrights to most seminars,  video and audio tapes,  and written
          materials  are  owned  by Wade  B.  Cook,  a  related  party.  As used
          hereafter, "Company" refers to Wade Cook Financial Corporation and its
          consolidated subsidiaries.



                                      -8-
<PAGE>
                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note A -  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

          Accounting principles and consolidation policy
          The  accompanying   consolidated   financial  statements  include  the
          accounts of Wade Cook  Financial  Corporation  and its  majority-owned
          subsidiaries.  SMIL  had a  fiscal  year end of  January  31,  and the
          balances  as of  January  31,  1997  have  been  used to  prepare  the
          consolidated  financial  statements  as of December 31, 1996. In 1997,
          SMIL  changed its fiscal year end to December  31, and the balances as
          of December 31, 1997 do not include  activity for the month of January
          31, 1997. All significant inter-company transactions and balances have
          been eliminated in the consolidation.

          During 1997, WCFC acquired Ideal, Origin, Worldwide, and Gold Leaf and
          during 1998, WCFC acquired IQ, Quantum, and Get Ahead Bookstores,  the
          purchase method of accounting was used for all acquisitions  (see Note
          R). The consolidated financial statements include the activity of each
          identified  acquisition from the date of acquisition  through December
          31, 1998 and 1997.  All  significant  inter-company  transactions  and
          balances have been eliminated in the consolidation.

          Use of estimates
          The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity with generally
          accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
          and assumptions  that affect the amounts  reported in the consolidated
          financial  statements  and  related  notes  to  financial  statements.
          Changes  in such  estimates  may  affect  amounts  reported  in future
          periods.

          Cash and cash equivalents
          The Company  considers  highly  liquid  investments  with the original
          maturity  of three  months  or less to be cash  and cash  equivalents.
          Included in these  amounts are money market funds of  $1,337,000,  and
          $124,000 as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

          Marketable securities
          Marketable  securities consist mainly of stocks and options. They have
          been categorized as trading securities and, as a result, are stated at
          market  value.  All  changes in trading  securities'  fair  values are
          reported in earnings as they occur.  Realized  gains and losses on the
          sale of securities  are determined  using the  specific-identification
          method.

          Inventory
          Inventory,  which consists  primarily of finished  goods, is valued at
          the lower of cost or market.  Cost is  determined  using the first-in,
          first-out method.

          Property and equipment
          Property and  equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation  is computed
          using  straight-line and accelerated methods over the estimated useful
          lives of the  related  assets  for both  financial  reporting  and tax
          reporting  purposes.  Leasehold  improvements  are amortized using the
          straight-line  method  over the shorter of the  estimated  life of the
          asset or the remaining term of the lease.  Maintenance and repairs are
          charged to  operations  when  incurred.  Betterments  and renewals are
          capitalized.  When  property  and  equipment  are  sold  or  otherwise
          disposed of, the asset  account and related  accumulated  depreciation
          account are relieved, and any gain or loss is included in operations.



                                      -9-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Note A -  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

          Property and equipment (continued)
          The Company  evaluates  impairment of long-lived  assets in accordance
          with the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board's (FASB) Statement of
          Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS) No. 121,  Accounting  for the
          Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets  and for  Long-Lived  Assets  to be
          disposed of. SFAS 121 requires the Company to assess  whether an asset
          (or group of assets)  that will  continue to be used is  impaired  and
          needs to be  adjusted.  Other  long-lived  assets  to be  disposed  of
          (either by sale or abandonment unrelated to the disposal of a business
          segment)  should be  written  down to fair value less the cost to sell
          such assets.

          Intangible
          In 1998  and  1997  acquisitions  (Note  R)  resulted  in the  Company
          recording  goodwill,  which  represents  the excess of the cost of the
          assets purchased over their fair value. Amortization is computed using
          the  straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  life  of the
          intangible asset or 40 years, whichever is shorter.

          Other investments
          If the  Company  owns  less  than  20% of the  investee,  the  Company
          accounts for other investments using the cost method. The Company uses
          the equity method when the investment represents ownership between 20%
          and 50%.

          Revenue recognition
          Revenues for seminars are recognized when services are rendered.

          Subscription revenues for WIN membership generally are received for up
          to one year in advance and are recorded and presented in the financial
          statements  as  deferred  revenue  until  earned.  Although  a typical
          subscription  binds the subscriber to prepay,  the  subscription  term
          begins  when the  customer  receives  his  logon  code.  The  deferred
          revenues  are  recognized  on a  monthly  basis  over  the term of the
          contract.

          If a subscriber  cancels within the first twelve months of the service
          period, any remaining unearned subscription revenue will be recognized
          into income at the time of the  cancellation  because the subscription
          is a binding nonrefundable contract.

          IQ sells  pager  services  in twelve  or  twenty-four  month  contract
          subscriptions, but receives the revenue in advance, which is presented
          in the  financial  statements as deferred  revenue  until earned.  The
          deferred  revenues are  recognized on a monthly basis over the term of
          the contract. Other revenues are recognized when finished products are
          shipped to customers or services have been rendered.

          Advertising costs
          Advertising  costs  are  expensed  when  incurred.  Advertising  costs
          amounted to $10.412 million,  $19.230 million, and $13.685 million for
          the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.



                                      -10-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Note A -  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

          Income taxes
          Income taxes are provided for tax effects of transactions  reported in
          the  financial  statements  and  consist of taxes  currently  due plus
          deferred taxes.  Deferred taxes are recognized for differences between
          the basis of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income
          tax purposes.

          As of December 31, 1999,  the Company owed the United States  Treasury
          $225,000 in income taxes and accrued  penalties and interest on unpaid
          income taxes for the year ended  December 31, 1998.  In addition,  the
          Company owed various  state  governments  $147,000 in unpaid taxes and
          accrued  penalties  and  interest,  also on unpaid  taxes for the year
          ended December 31, 1998. An income tax refund receivable in the amount
          of $1.424 million is  anticipated  from the current use of current net
          operating losses.

          Barter transactions
          The Company is accounting  for barter  credits in accordance  with APB
          Opinion No. 29,  Accounting for  Non-monetary  Transactions,  and EITF
          issue No. 93-11, Accounting for Barter Transactions,  involving barter
          credits which presumes that the fair value of the  non-monetary  asset
          exchanged  is more  clearly  evident than the fair value of the barter
          credit received,  and that the barter credit should be reported at the
          fair value of the non-monetary asset exchanged.

          The Company purchased radio airtime advertising in exchange for common
          stock. The transaction is discussed in Note I.

          Earnings per share
          The Company  accounts for earnings per share in  accordance  with FASB
          No. 128.  Earnings per share are based on the weighted  average number
          of shares of common  stock and common  stock  equivalents  outstanding
          during each year.

          Reclassification of Financial Statement Presentation
          Certain  reclassifications  have  been  made  to  the  1998  and  1997
          financial  statements  to  conform  to the  1999  financial  statement
          presentation.  Such  reclassifications  had no effect on net income as
          previously reported.

          New Accounting Pronouncements
          The Financial  Accounting  Standards Board (FASB) issued in June 1999,
          FASB Interpretation No. (FIN) 43, Real Estate Sales, An Interpretation
          of Statement of SFAS No. 66. FIN 43 clarifies that the phrase all real
          estate sales includes sales of real estate with property  improvements
          or integral  equipment that cannot be moved and used  separately  from
          the  real  estate  without  incurring  significant  costs.  FIN  43 is
          effective for all sales of real estate with property  improvements  or
          integral equipment entered into after June 30, 1999.

          SFAS 66, as amended by SFAS 135,  includes  as examples of real estate
          sales  transactions:  sales of  corporate  stock of  enterprises  with
          substantial real estate, sales of partnership interests,  and sales of
          time  sharing  interest  if the sales are in  substance  sales of real
          estate; and sales of options to purchase real estate.

          These  pronouncements  did not affect the Company in 1999. The Company
          recognized  losses in all its real estate sales  transactions,  except
          for gain from raw land which was sold for cash.



                                      -11-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Note A -  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

          New Accounting Pronouncements (continued)
          The Accounting  Standards  Executive Committee (AcSEC) of the American
          Institute of Certified Public  Accountants  (AICPA) issued in December
          1998,  Statement  of  Position  (SOP) 98-9,  Modification  of SOP97-2,
          Software Revenue  Recognition,  With Respect to Certain  Transactions.
          This SOP requires  recognition  of revenue using the residual  method,
          which did not affect the Company in 1999.

          The Company is planning to provide subscribing  customers with greater
          options through new interactive  technology  which may bundle multiple
          elements such as hardware, software, access to data, or other elements
          to be  delivered.  The Company  believes  that its current  accounting
          policy of deferring  subscription  revenue will  substantially  comply
          with the residual method required by this SOP.

          The AcSEC of the AICPA  issued in March  1998,  Statement  of Position
          (SOP) 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or
          Obtained for Internal Use, which  provides  guidance on accounting for
          the costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use.
          In 1998, the Company began  installation  of a  company-wide  software
          program,  SAP. The Company has contracted with an outside  engineering
          firm  for  the  installation,  implementation,  and  training.  As  of
          December 31,  1998,  the Company has spent  $795,000 and  estimates an
          additional $1.205 million will be required to have the computer system
          operating.  At  December  31,  1998,  the  progress  payments  on  the
          installation   phase  are  classified  as  a  fixed  asset,   with  no
          depreciation being taken. Once the software performs its intended use,
          the Company  will begin  depreciating.  At the  beginning  of 1999 the
          Company spent additional  $264,500.  However, the Company disputed the
          total cost  required for the  installation  with the vendor and ceased
          the installation  process. A loss on impairment was recognized and the
          remaining  carrying value was depreciated over the estimated life. See
          Note D.

          The Financial  Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued in February of
          1998 an  exposure  draft (ED) of a  proposed  Statement  of  Financial
          Accounting  Standards  (SFAS),   Consolidated   Financial  Statements:
          Purpose and Policy.  FASB issued in December  1999 an ED of a proposed
          SFAS,  Business   Combinations  and  Intangible  Assets.  The  Company
          believes  that  the  proposed  accounting  standards  will  not have a
          material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Note B -  Receivables

          Following is a summary of receivables:
<TABLE>
                                                          December 31,         December 31,
             (in thousands)                                   1999                 1998
                                                        ---------------    -----------------
            <S>                                        <C>                  <C>
             Trade and credit card receivables          $     1,212          $    3,112
             Notes receivable - employees                     2,480               3,032
             Due from related parties                           644               1,681
             Other                                            2,412                   -
                                                        ---------------    -----------------
                      Total                             $     6,748          $    7,825
                                                        ================   =================
</TABLE>



                                      -12-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note B -  Receivables (continued)

          An allowance for uncollectible accounts is maintained, and at December
          31, 1999 and 1998,  the  allowance  amounted to $493,000 and $629,000,
          respectively.  Amounts  reported on the balance sheet are shown net of
          the allowance.

Note C -  Marketable Securities

          The net  unrealized  gain (loss) in trading  securities  that has been
          included in earnings during the period amounted to $466,000, $684,000,
          and ($755,000) for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997,
          respectively.

Note D -  Property and Equipment

          In  the  fourth  quarter  of  1999  the  Company  recognized  $315,000
          impairment  loss on certain  equipment in accordance with Statement of
          Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS) No. 121,  Accounting  for the
          Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets  and for  Long-Lived  Assets  to be
          Disposed Of.

          The following is a summary of property and equipment:

<TABLE>
                                                                            December 31,         December 31,
             (in thousands)                                                     1999                 1998
                                                                          -----------------    -----------------
            <S>                                                             <C>                 <C>
             Land                                                              $     532           $      532
             Land - hotels                                                             -                2,906
             Building                                                              7,324                8,723
             Building - hotels                                                         -                9,190
             Equipment                                                             5,698                5,307
             Automobiles                                                           1,346                1,634
             Furniture and fixtures                                                2,081                3,704
                                                                          -----------------    -----------------
                                                                                  16,981               31,996
             Less: Accumulated depreciation                                      (4,883)               (3,295)
             Less: Accumulated depreciation - hotels                                   -                 (293)
                                                                          -----------------    -----------------
                                                                                  12,098               28,408
             Software installation in progress                                         -                  795
                                                                          -----------------    -----------------
                      Total                                                    $  12,098            $  29,203
                                                                          =================    =================
</TABLE>

          Depreciation expense charged to operations was $2.243 million,  $1.958
          million,  and $1.269  million in December  31, 1999,  1998,  and 1997,
          respectively.



                                       13
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note E -  Deposits

          Deposits as of December  31,  1999 and 1998  amounted to $23,000,  and
          $152,000, respectively. Deposits represent the following:

                                                              December 31,
                                                     ---------------------------
           (in thousands)                                1999            1998
                                                     -------------    ----------
           Held by credit card processors               $   -          $  50
           Held for security on buildings                  23             24
           Held in escrow accounts                          -             78
                                                     -------------    ----------
           Totals                                       $  23          $  152
                                                     =============    ==========


Note F -  Related Party Transactions

          The Company  entered into a product  agreement  with Wade B. Cook,  to
          obtain the rights to promote and sponsor  seminars,  entity  formation
          services (discontinued in June 1998) and products owned and controlled
          by Wade B. Cook for a royalty.  Royalty  expenses to Mr. Cook  totaled
          $2.979 million, $7.976 million, and $9.997 million for the years ended
          December 31, 1999,  1998, and 1997,  respectively.  As of December 31,
          1999 and 1998,  accrued  royalties  were  $1.770  million  and  $2.989
          million, respectively.

          In 1999, the Company  renegotiated its' product agreement with Wade B.
          Cook.  Under the new term the  Company  shall  pay Mr.  Cook a maximum
          yearly  royalty  that is the lesser of $5 million or five percent (5%)
          of gross sales revenue received from sales of products.

          In December 1999, the Company entered into an exchange  agreement with
          Never Ending Wealth, L.P., a company controlled by Mr. Cook, to assign
          all rights,  title, and interest the Company had in certain promissory
          notes due from Newstart  Centre,  Inc. (a related  party) to Mr. Cook.
          The  promissory  notes had an  aggregate  value of  $786,000.  And the
          exchange was made to satisfy royalty due to Mr. Cook.

          The Company  obtained  services from related seminar  speakers.  Total
          speaker fees paid to such companies  totaled  $60,000,  $378,000,  and
          $167,000 for the years ended December 31, 1999,  1998, and 1997. There
          were no  additional  amounts due to such  companies as of December 31,
          1999 and 1998.

          In  1999,  the  Company  sold  property  to a  previous  employee  for
          $355,000,  which resulted in a loss of $90,000. The Company is holding
          a note receivable secured by the property,  which is included in notes
          receivables from employees.

          In 1999,  the Company  paid an  aggregate  of $62,000 for  services to
          related entities controlled by a relative of Mr. Cook.



                                       14
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note F -  Related Party Transactions (continued)

          Due from related parties represent advances to the following:


<TABLE>
               (in thousands)                                            December 31, 1999            December 31, 1998
                                                                     --------------------------    ------------------------
               Related Parties         Relationship                    Current       Non-Current    Current      Non-Current
               -------------------     --------------------------    ------------    ----------    ----------    ----------
              <S>                                                      <C>             <C>           <C>          <C>
               Newstart                50% owned and controlled
               Centre, Inc.            by President/CEO of WCFC
                                       or his affiliates                     $ -           $ -          $ 60         $ 808

               Crossroads              General partner is
                                       President/CEO of WCFC                                               -           250

               Five Star               General partner is
               Consulting, Inc.        President/CEO of WCFC                                               -            38

               Related                 Associated with WCFC
               Individuals                                                     5           520             5           520
                                                                     ------------    ----------    ----------    ----------
                        Total                                                $ 5         $ 520          $ 65       $ 1,616
                                                                     ============    ==========    ==========    ==========
</TABLE>


               Due to related parties consists of the following:
<TABLE>
                                                                                 December 31,        December 31,
                (in thousands)                Relationship                           1999                1998
                --------------------------    -----------------------------    -----------------    ----------------
               <S>                            <C>                                <C>                  <C>
                Wade B. Cook                  President/CEO of WCFC                     $ 1,770              $3,110

                Officers of WCFC                                                             45                  45

                Liberty Music, Inc.           Majority stockholder is a                      52                   -
                                              stockholder of WCFC
                                                                               ----------------- -- ----------------
                Total                                                                    $1,867              $3,155
                                                                               =================    ================
</TABLE>

          The Company has various notes  receivable from employees and officers.
          Original  maturity  dates  are from 4  months  to 360  months.  Annual
          interest  rates range from 5.5% to 12%. The manner of settlement is by
          salary  deduction  or payment.  The majority of notes  receivable  are
          secured by real property or personal  property.  The Company evaluates
          notes receivables in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting
          Standards No 114,  Accounting by Creditors  for  Impairment of a Loan.
          Statement No. 114 requires that  impaired  loans be measured  based on
          the present  value of expected  future  cash flows  discounted  at the
          loan's effective interest rate.  Statement No. 118, Income Recognition
          and  Disclosures,  amends Statement No. 114 to allow a creditor to use
          existing methods for recognizing  interest income on an impaired loan.
          At December 31, 1999 and 1998,  reductions in the notes  receivable of
          $351,000 and $243,000, respectively, were recorded to reflect impaired
          notes.  Substantially  all  of  the  reductions  were  from  unsecured
          receivables from employees who are no longer with the Company.  Future
          cash flow was not expected, due to the uncertainty of repayment.



                                       15
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note F -  Related Party Transactions (continued)

          At December 31, 1999 and 1998, due from  employees  amounted to $2.457
          million and $3.032  million,  respectively,  of which,  $119,000,  and
          $112,000,  respectively,  has been classified as current.  Amounts due
          from employees represent loans both secured and unsecured:

                                               December 31,        December 31,
            Loan (in thousands)                    1999                1998
            ------------------------         ----------------    ---------------
            Secured                             $ 2,420             $  2,909
            Unsecured                                60                  123
                                             ----------------    ---------------

            Total                               $ 2,480             $  3,032
                                             ================   ===============

          For the  years  ended  December  31,  1999 and 1998,  interest  income
          resulting  from  the  employee  note  receivables  were  $196,000  and
          $270,000,  respectively.  Interest income is calculated by multiplying
          the  outstanding  balance of  unimpaired  loans with their  respective
          interest rate. Interest income is not calculated on impaired loans.

Note G -  Long-Term Debt

<TABLE>
                                                                                        December 31,
               (in thousands, except in descriptions)                             1999                1998
                                                                            -----------------    ----------------
               <S>                                                           <C>              <C>
               Note payable, secured by land and building (Seattle,
               WA), due January 2015, payable in  monthly
               installments of  $29,333, including interest at 8.375%           $ 3,000                   -

               Note payable, secured by land (Provo, Utah), due in
               quarterly installments of $4,125 from February 10, 2000
               to November 10, 2000, including interest at 15%                      110                   -

               Note payable, secured by land (Santa Ana, CA), due
               July 2009, payable in monthly installments of $7,094,
               including interest of 9.38%                                          541                   -

               Mortgage payable (Seattle, WA), secured by land and
               building, due in monthly installments of principal and
               interest of $100,000 from September 1, 1998 to
               February 1, 1999, and $555,682 on March 1, 1999,
               including interest at 9% per annum                                     -                 746

               Real estate contract payable (Seattle, WA), secured by
               land and building, payable in monthly installments of
               $2,157, including interest at 7% per annum, with an
               original maturity date of September 1, 1999                            -                 340

</TABLE>


                                       16
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note G -  Long-Term Debt (continued)
<TABLE>
                                                                                        December 31,
               (in thousands, except in descriptions)                             1999                1998
                                                                            -----------------    ----------------
               <S>                                                           <C>              <C>
               Mortgage payable, secured by land and building
               (Memphis, TN), due in monthly installments of
               principal and interest of $13,380 from April 1, 1999
               through January 1, 2016, including interest of 11%
               per annum                                                                -               1,053

               Note payable, secured by land (Best Western
               McCarran House, Sparks, NV), with interest only
               monthly payments of $6,250, at 15% per annum,
               with principal due June 1, 1999                                          -                 500

               Note payable, secured by land (72 South, Salt Lake
               City, UT), due June 1, 2000 in one payment of
               principal with quarterly  payments of accrued interest
               at 10.5% per annum                                                     440                 450

               Note payable, secured by land and building (Best
               Western McCarran House, Sparks, NV), due June 30,
               2011, in monthly installments of principal and interest
               of $30,514, with interest at 10% per annum, and with a
               balloon payment of $2 million on June 30, 2001                           -               3,437

               Note payable, secured by land and building
               (Best Western McCarran House, Sparks, NV), due March
               10, 1999, with monthly interest payments at 10% per
               annum                                                                    -                 895

               Mortgage  payable,  secured by land and building
               (Airport Ramada Suites, Salt Lake City, UT), due in
               December 2003, in monthly installments of principal
               and interest of $18,470, with an initial interest rate
               of 10.35% per annum                                                      -               1,817

               Mortgage payable, secured by land and building (Four
               Points by Sheraton, St. George, Utah), due February 1,
               2023, in monthly installments of principal and interest
               of $24,084, at 11.0% per annum                                           -               2,967

               Mortgage payable, secured by land and building
               (Santa Ana, CA), due March 2000, in monthly
               installments of principal and interest of $28,719,
               at 8.0% per annum                                                        -                 409

</TABLE>



                                      -17-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note G -  Long-Term Debt (continued)
<TABLE>
                                                                                        December 31,
               (in thousands, except in descriptions)                             1999                1998
                                                                            -----------------    ----------------
               <S>                                                           <C>              <C>
               Various secured notes payable, at market rates
               of interest ranging from 6.9% to 19.05% per annum,
               with due dates ranging from June 1999 to December 31,
               2003                                                                   94               1,526
                                                                            -----------------    ----------------
                        Total Long Term Debt                                       4,185              14,140
               Less: Current maturities                                             (730)             (4,667)
                                                                            -----------------    ----------------
               Net Long Term Debt                                                 $3,455              $9,473
                                                                            =================    ================
</TABLE>

          The  following are  maturities of long-term  debt for each of the next
          five years:

                   2000                                         $ 730
                   2001                                           169
                   2002                                           174
                   2003                                           183
                   2004                                           199
                   Thereafter                                   2,730
                                                            ----------
                   Total                                       $4,185
                                                            ==========


Note H -  Shareholders' Equity

          The Company did not declare or pay any  dividends  for the years shown
          in these financial statements. In June 1999, the board of directors of
          the Company  resolved to authorize a change in par value of the common
          stock from  $0.01 to $0.001.  As a result  the  Company  adjusted  the
          common stock and paid in capital to reflect this change.

          In 1998,  in compliance  with the Company's  plans to re-acquire up to
          one million  shares of its own common  stock,  the  Company  purchased
          251,000  shares at a cost of  $537,000.  The  re-acquired  shares  are
          classified as treasury stock and are stated using the cost method. The
          shares  have not been  retired  and  therefore  are  still  considered
          outstanding.

          Return of stock issued for prepaid advertising
          In connection  with the settlement on prepaid  advertising  with ITEX,
          400,000   shares  were  returned  to  the  Company  and   subsequently
          cancelled. See Note I.



                                      -18-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note I -  Prepaid Advertising

          In  1995,  the  Company  entered  into an  agreement  with  Associated
          Reciprocal  Traders,  Ltd. (ART) to purchase from ART 20,000  Investor
          Relations-Advertising-Infomercial  radio air time spots, priced at $25
          per ad spot, per station,  for a sum total of $500,000.  In payment of
          the  foregoing,  the Company  issued  100,000  shares  (equivalent  to
          1,800,000  shares at December  31,  1998 with stock split  effects) of
          common stock to ART on September 10, 1996. The prepaid  advertising is
          shown as a reduction of  shareholders'  equity rather than as an asset
          (Note H).

          In 1999, the Company reached a settlement  agreement with ART and it's
          successor ITEX  Corporation  (ITEX)  acknowledging  that ART/ITEX have
          fully paid the  consideration for their 1,400,000 shares of WCFC stock
          by issuing  300,000 ITEX trade  dollars to the Company.  The remaining
          400,000  shares  were  returned  to the  Company  and were  treated as
          deduction to prepaid advertising.

          In connection  with the Company's  negotiation  with its vendors,  the
          Company used approximately  130,000 of the ITEX dollars to settle some
          of it's accounts  payable (Note S). At December 31, 1999 the remaining
          balance of the ITEX dollars was $170,000.

Note J -  Concentration of Risks

          Cash in banks,  based on bank  balances,  exceeded  federally  insured
          limits by  $1,337,000  and  $799,000  at  December  31, 1999 and 1998,
          respectively.   Receivables  from  credit  card  companies  aggregated
          approximately  $327,000  and  $880,000 at December  31, 1999 and 1998,
          respectively.   The  Company   invests   excess  cash  in   marketable
          securities.  Marketable  securities  are carried at fair market value,
          which  amounted to $1,914,000  and $2,870,000 as of December 31, 1999,
          and 1998,  and accounted  for 6% and 5% of the Company's  consolidated
          assets as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

          The following table shows the percentage of revenues:

<TABLE>
                                                                   1999          1998          1997
                                                              ----------    ----------    ----------
                     <S>                                        <C>           <C>           <C>
                      Seminars                                      70%           65%           65%
                      Product sales                                 14%           18%           31%
                      Travel services                                3%            5%            4%
                      Hotel revenue                                  5%            3%             -
                      Pager services                                 6%            8%             -
                      Other                                          2%            1%             -
</TABLE>

          The  following  table shows the states from which the Company  derived
          over 10% of its seminar revenues:

<TABLE>
                                                                   1999          1998          1997
                                                              ----------    ----------    ----------
                     <S>                                         <C>           <C>           <C>
                      California                                    18%           16%           15%
                      Florida                                       11%           10%           10%
</TABLE>



                                      -19-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Note J -   Concentration of Risks (continued)

          Historically,  the Company's success has been reliant upon the success
          of Wade B. Cook and the products and seminars  under his control.  Mr.
          Cook's  products  and  seminars  account for the vast  majority of the
          revenue of the  Company,  as well as, the majority of the new products
          and  seminars  that have  been  created.  Currently,  the  Company  is
          attempting to diversify  through  acquisitions  and the signing of new
          authors,  however,  in the  foreseeable  future,  the  ability  of the
          Company  to  continue  to  generate  similar  revenue  and  profitable
          operations is reliant on  maintaining a licensing  agreement  with Mr.
          Cook.

Note K -  Stock Incentive Plan

          The  Company's  1998  Incentive  Stock Plan  (Plan)  provides  for the
          granting of stock, restricted stock, phantom stock, stock appreciation
          rights both stand-alone and tandem (SAR's),  stock options,  and other
          stock-based  awards,  including  Incentive Stock Options (ISO's).  The
          Plan is to be  administered by the Board of Directors  (Board).  Under
          the terms of the Plan, plan administers have the right to grant awards
          to eligible  recipients  and to determine the terms and  conditions of
          award agreements.  Eligible participants will be directors,  officers,
          consultants and other employees of the Company.

          The maximum  number of shares of Company  stock  reserved for issuance
          under  the  plan  has  increased  from  1,000,000  shares  in  1998 to
          5,000,000  shares in 1999.  Such shares may be authorized but unissued
          Company  stock or  authorized  and  issued  Company  stock held in the
          Company's  treasury.  The Board has the  authority  to  determine  the
          expiration  date  of  each  option,  provided  that  no  ISO  will  be
          exercisable more than 10 years after the date of grant.

          There  were no  outstanding  nor  exercisable  common  stock  purchase
          options at the  beginning  of 1999.  The  following  table  summarizes
          information concerning outstanding and exercisable options at December
          31, 1999:

<TABLE>
                        Options Outstanding &             Remaining              Exercise
                             Exercisable                     Life                  Price
                       ------------------------        ----------------       ---------------
                          <S>                           <C>                   <C>
                             251,000                       2.00 years            $ 0.40
                             135,000                       2.00 years              0.50
                             940,000                       3.00 years              0.50
                       ------------------------        ----------------       ---------------
                           1,326,000                       2.71 years            $ 0.48
                       ========================        ================       ===============
</TABLE>

          The common  stock  purchase  options  were  issued for past  services.
          Options to purchase  approximately  1,326,000  shares of common  stock
          were  granted at December  15, 1999 when the  underlying  stock was at
          $0.2188 per share. No options were exercised in 1999.



                                      -20-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note K -  Stock Incentive Plan (continued)

          The  Company  uses the  intrinsic  value  based  method of  Accounting
          Principles  Board  Opinion No. 25 (APB25),  as  permitted by SFAS 123,
          "Accounting   for   Stock-Based   Compensation".   SFAS  123  requires
          additional   disclosures,   including  proforma  calculations  of  net
          earnings and net  earnings  per share,  as if the fair value method of
          accounting  prescribed by SFAS 123 had been applied.  Had compensation
          cost  been  determined  based on the fair  value of the  common  stock
          purchase  options using the  provisions of SFAS 123, the Company's net
          loss in 1999 would  have  increased  by  $97,010  and the net loss per
          share in 1999 would have increased by an immaterial amount.

          For proforma calculation, the fair value of each option on the date of
          grant was estimated using the  Black-Scholes  option pricing model and
          the following  assumptions  for awards in 1999:  zero dividend  yield,
          expected  volatility  of 98%,  risk-free  interest  rate of 6.1%,  and
          expected life of 3 years. Using these assumptions, the grant-date fair
          value per share of the options granted in 1999 was $0.07.

          The Board may grant  common  stock as a bonus.  The Board may suspend,
          terminate  or amend  the Plan at any time  provided  that  stockholder
          approval  will be required  if and to the extent the Board  determines
          that such approval is appropriate  for purposes of satisfying  Section
          422 of the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986.  In 1999 there were 11,000
          shares issued as bonuses and  additional  45,000 shares were issued to
          founding employees.

          At December 31, 1999 the Board granted, but not issued, 297,500 shares
          of restricted stocks to certain eligible  employees as millenium bonus
          for  service to be  provided  by the  employees  in year  2000.  These
          restricted  shares were granted  under the  Company's  1997  Incentive
          Stock Plan.  Stock issued before the performance of services are shown
          as a separate reduction of stockholders' equity in accordance with APB
          No. 25,  "Accounting  for Stock Issued to  Employees".  The  aggregate
          value of the 297,500 shares was approximately $56,000.

Note L -  Other investments

          Other   investments   consist  of  investments   in  venture   capital
          partnerships and private companies, primarily comprised of hotel/motel
          properties  and other real estate  investments.  The  estimated  other
          investments  approximated the carrying amount at December 31, 1999 and
          1998. The fair values of investments in venture  capital  partnerships
          and private companies were estimated based on financial  condition and
          operating results, or other pertinent  information.  No dividends were
          received from other investments during the years shown.

          The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS)
          No. 121,  Accounting for the  Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for
          Long-Lived  Assets to be  Disposed Of in 1995.  In  December  1999 the
          Company  recognized  the  impairment  losses  on  investments  made on
          certain asphalt  patching  products  developing and marketing  company
          ($615,000),  and on certain unproductive oil well ($637,000).  In 1998
          the  Company  recorded  a  non-cash  pre-tax  charge  of  $226,000  to
          write down the carrying  value of an investment in a private  company.
          The Company considers the investments to be unprofitable and therefore
          have no market value.



                                      -21-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note L -  Other investments (continued)

                Other investments consist of the following:
<TABLE>
                                                                  December 31,         December 31,
                  (in thousands)                                      1999                 1998
                                                                ------------------    ----------------
                <S>                                              <C>                <C>
                  Cost method
                  Oil and gas                                               $ 691              $1,325
                  Hotels/motels                                               601                 784
                  Real estate                                               1,981               4,961
                  Private companies                                           940                 750
                  Other                                                         -                 255
                                                                ------------------    ----------------
                                                                            4,213               8,075
                                                                ------------------    ----------------
                  Equity method
                  Hotels/motels                                                 -                 933
                  Private companies                                             -                 740
                                                                ------------------    ----------------
                                                                                -               1,673
                                                                ------------------    ----------------
                           Total                                           $4,213              $9,748
                                                                ==================    ================
</TABLE>

          Investments  in private  companies  in 1999  include a privately  held
          computer  software  company   ($750,000),   a  software   manufacturer
          ($40,000), and a telecommunication company ($150,000).  Investments in
          private  companies in 1998 include a privately held computer  software
          company  ($750,000),  an inactive  public  company  ($150,000),  and a
          concrete repair business ($590,000).  Equity investments are shown net
          of their  share of income and losses for the year ended  December  31,
          1999 and 1998.  Accumulated  deficit during the development  stage was
          not material in 1999 and 1998.

          In  connection  with  its'  investment  in the  software  manufacturer
          company,  the  Company  was  committed  to  make  additional  $200,000
          investment in 2000. The Company was also committed to invest  $450,000
          in another private company in January 2000.

Note M -   Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments

          Financial  Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") has issued Statement of
          Financial  Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 107, Disclosures About Fair
          Value of Financial Instruments, as part of a continuing process by the
          FASB to  improve  information  regarding  financial  instruments.  The
          following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value
          of each class of financial instruments:

          Cash and cash equivalents -   The carrying amount of cash and cash
                                        equivalents approximates its fair value.

          Notes receivable from         The fair value of notes  receivable was
          employees  and  officers  -   determined by discounting the expected
                                        future cash flows from the notes
                                        receivable at market rate at the end
                                        of the year.



                                      -22-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note M -  Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments (continued)

          Marketable securities     -    The fair value of marketable securities
                                         were estimated based on quotes
                                         obtained from brokers for those
                                         instruments.

          Other investments         -    The fair value of other investments is
                                         determined by financial positions of
                                         the investee companies and market
                                         conditions.

          Margin loans in
           investment accounts      -    The carrying amount of margin loans
                                         approximates its fair value.

          Long-term debt            -    The fair values of the Company's long-
                                         term debt either approximates fair
                                         value or estimates using discounted
                                         cash flow analyses based on the
                                         Company's current incremental borrowing
                                         rates for similar types of borrowing
                                         arrangements.

          The  carrying  amounts  and fair  values  of the  Company's  financial
          instruments at December 31, 1999 and 1998 are as follows:

<TABLE>
                                                                1999                           1998
                                                      -------------------------     ---------------------------
                                                       Carrying        Fair          Carrying          Fair
                 (in thousands)                         Amount         Value          Amount          Value
                                                      -----------    ----------     ------------    -----------
                <S>                                    <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>
                 Cash and cash equivalents               $ 1,854       $ 1,854          $ 1,742        $ 1,742
                 Marketable securities                     1,914         1,914            2,870          2,870
                 Receivables including
                        employees and officers             4,891         4,832            3,032          3,222
                 Other  investments                        4,213         4,213            9,748          9,748
                 Margin loans in investment
                        accounts                             179           179              146            146
                 Long-term debt                            3,455         3,455            9,473          9,473
</TABLE>

          The carrying  amounts in the table are included in the balance  sheets
          under the indicated  captions,  except for notes  receivable which has
          several components on the balance sheet.

Note N -  Lease and Other Commitments

          Operating lease  commitments are primarily for the Company's  shipping
          warehouse and equipment rentals.  Rental expense amounted to $710,000,
          $498,000,  and $135,000 for the years-ended  December 31, 1999,  1998,
          and 1997, respectively.



                                      -23-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note N -  Lease and Other Commitments (continued)

          Future minimum rental commitments are as follows:

               (in thousands)

               2000                                       $  673
               2001                                          609
               2002                                          500
               2003                                          415
               2004                                          161
               Thereafter                                      -
                                                 ----------------
               Total                                     $ 2,358
                                                 ================

          The Company  entered  into an  employment  agreement in June 1997 with
          Wade  Cook,  the  president  and  CEO of the  Company.  The  agreement
          provided for a minimum salary of $240,000 for the first year, $265,000
          for the second year, and $290,000 for the final year of the agreement.
          Cook will be paid in accordance with the Company's  standard method of
          payment for executives.  Cook may receive  additional bonuses for work
          as approved by the Board of Directors.

Note O -  Income Taxes

          Provisions  for  (benefit  from)  income  taxes  in  the  consolidated
          statements of operations consist of the following components:

<TABLE>
                                                                    Years ended December 31,
                                                     -------------------------------------------------------
                  (in thousands)                          1999                1998               1997
                                                     ---------------     ---------------    ----------------
                  Current
                  <S>                                 <C>                <C>                 <C>
                  Federal                                    $    -             $3,219              $ 4,660
                  States                                          5                180                  458
                                                     ---------------     ---------------    ----------------
                                                                  5              3,399                5,118
                                                     ---------------     ---------------    ----------------
                  Deferred
                  Federal                                   (2,619)              (550)                  945
                  State                                       (239)               (92)                   -
                                                     ---------------     ---------------    ----------------
                                                            (2,858)              (642)                  945
                                                     ---------------     ---------------    ----------------
                  Total income taxes                      ($ 2,853)             $2,757              $ 6,063
                                                     ===============     ===============    ================
</TABLE>

          Deferred  income  taxes  reflect  the net  tax  effects  of  temporary
          differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for
          financial  reporting  purposes  and the  amounts  used for  income tax
          purposes.



                                      -24
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note O -   Income Taxes (continued)

          Significant  components  of the  Company's  deferred  tax  assets  and
          liabilities are as follows:

<TABLE>
                  (in thousands)                                        December 31,
                                                            -------------------------------------
                  Deferred tax assets:                           1999                 1998
                                                            ----------------    -----------------
                 <S>                                         <C>                 <C>
                  Unrealized (gain) loss on trading
                  securities                                   $    21              ($ 309)
                  State income tax                                   -                   -
                                                            ----------------    -----------------
                  Total deferred tax assets                         21                (309)
                                                            ----------------    -----------------
                  Deferred tax liabilities:

                  Accelerated depreciation                         651                (187)
                  Deferred revenues
                                                                (1,086)              1,109
                  State income tax                                   -                  29
                                                            ----------------    -----------------
                  Total deferred liabilities                      (435)                951
                                                            ----------------    -----------------
                  Net Deferred tax asset (liability)            $  456              ($ 642)
                                                            ================    =================
</TABLE>

          The  reconciliation  of the  effective  income tax rate to the Federal
          statutory rate is as follows:

<TABLE>
                                                               1999          1998          1997
                                                             ----------    ----------    ----------
                  <S>                                        <C>              <C>           <C>
                  Federal income tax rate                     (39.0%)          35.0%         35.0%
                  Unrealized loss on trading securities         2.0          (9.1)         6.2
                  Deferred revenues                           (12.0)         23.1            -
                  Accelerated depreciation                      7.0          (5.4)        (1.3)
                  State income tax                               -            1.4           .4
                                                             ----------    ----------    ----------
                  Effective income tax rate                   (42.0%)          45.0%         40.3%
                                                             ==========    ==========    ==========
</TABLE>

          The net  operating  loss in 1999 will be carried back to earlier years
          under provision of the tax law. An asset was recognized for the amount
          of refundable taxes under SFAS 109.

Note P -  Revenues and Other Cost of Revenues

<TABLE>
(in thousands)                                            Pager                   Travel
                               Seminar      Product       Service     Hotel       Related                     Total
                               Revenue       Sales         Fees       Income      Service       Other
                               ---------    ---------     -------     -------     --------    ----------    ----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
Year ended December 31, 1999:
  Revenues, net of returns
    and discounts              $59,242      $11,599       $5,395      $3,778      $ 2,157      $  1,957      $ 84,128
                               ---------    ---------     -------     -------     --------    ----------    ----------
  Royalties to related           2,407          379            -           -            -           193         2,979
    party
  Speaker fees to related           47            -            -           -            -            13            60
    party
  Other costs of revenues       26,090        6,329          578       4,141           49           291        37,478
                               ---------    ---------     -------     -------     --------    ----------    ----------
  Total cost of revenues        28,544        6,708          578       4,141           49           497        40,517
                               ---------    ---------     -------     -------     --------    ----------    ----------
        Gross Profit            $30,698     $ 4,891       $4,817      ($ 363)     $ 2,108      $  1,460      $ 43,611
                               =========    =========     =======     =======     ========    ==========    ==========
</TABLE>


                                      -25-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note P -  Revenues and Other Cost of Revenues (continued)


<TABLE>
(in thousands)                                            Pager                    Travel
                               Seminar      Product       Service     Hotel       Related                     Total
                               Revenue       Sales         Fees       Income      Service       Other
                               ---------    ---------     -------     -------     ---------    ---------    ----------
<S>                           <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Year ended December 31, 1998:
  Revenues, net of returns
    And discounts             $ 78,191     $ 24,250     $ 8,427     $ 3,336      $ 2,320      $ 1,683      $ 118,207
                              ---------    ---------    --------    --------    ---------     --------    -----------
  Royalties to related party     6,521        1,290           -           -            -            -          7,811
  Speaker fees to related          378            -           -           -            -            -            378
  party

     Other costs of revenues     28,943       14,721         525       4,265             8          112        48,574
                              ---------    ---------    --------    --------    ---------     --------    -----------
  Total cost of revenues        35,842       16,011         525       4,265            8          112         56,763
                              ---------    ---------    --------    --------    ---------     --------    -----------
     Gross Profit             $ 42,349      $ 8,239     $ 7,902      ($ 929)      $ 2,312      $ 1,571       $ 61,444
                              =========    =========    ========    ========    =========     ========    ===========

Year ended December 31, 1997:
  Revenues, net of returns
    And discounts              $60,759      $29,386         $ -         $ -       $3,198          $ -        $93,343
                              ---------    ---------    --------    --------    ---------     --------    -----------
  Royalties to related party     6,559        3,438           -           -            -            -          9,997
  Speaker fees to related          155           12           -           -            -            -            167
  party
     Other costs of revenues     12,605       13,760           -           -         2,963            -        29,328

                               ---------    ---------   --------    --------    ---------     --------    -----------
    Total costs revenues        19,319       17,210           -           -        2,963            -         39,492
                              ---------    ---------    --------    --------    ---------     --------    -----------
     Gross Profit             $ 41,440     $ 12,176         $ -         $ -        $ 235          $ -        $53,851
                              =========    =========    ========    ========    =========     ========     ==========
</TABLE>


Note Q -  Supplementary Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

          The Company  paid $1.753  million,  $1.453  million,  and  $309,000 in
          interest,  and $4.306 million,  $2.750 million, and $2.485 million for
          income taxes for the years ended  December 31, 1999,  1998,  and 1997,
          respectively.

          The Company purchased a three-story  commercial building in July 1996,
          and  relocated  in January  1997.  The  $3.300  million  purchase  was
          financed  with a $2.550  million  mortgage with an interest rate of 9%
          per  annum,  and a down  payment  of  $750,000.  See  Note G for  more
          information regarding the debt.

          In December 1999, the Company sold 100% interest in three of its hotel
          properties  collectively  for  $12,700,000.  The three hotels are Best
          Western  McCarran  house in Sparks,  Nevada,  Airport Ramada Suites in
          Salt Lake City, Utah, and Sheraton hotel in Sparks,  Nevada. After the
          buyer assumed all  outstanding  mortgage loans and other  liabilities,
          the Company received net proceeds of $2,822,000,  of which $410,000 is
          in cash,  $362,000 in note receivable,  due in 2000, and $2,050,000 in
          note receivable, due on January 1, 2003, at interest of 7% per annum.

          The majority of the  acquisition of the interest in these three hotels
          was made in 1998 by long  term  debt  financing  as  indicated  in the
          following paragraphs.

          On March 11, 1998,  the Company  purchased  the Best Western  McCarran
          House in Sparks,  Nevada. The purchase price was $5.25 million,  which
          included a $990,000 down payment and an assumption of promissory notes
          totaling $4.260 million. See Note G for more information regarding the
          debt.


                                      -26-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note Q -  Supplementary Disclosure of Cash Flow Information (continued)

          In 1998, the Company purchased an operating hotel in St. George, Utah.
          The  purchase  price was $4.659  million.  The down  payment of $1.569
          million was paid for in two  installments:  $769,000  and  $800,000 in
          1998 and 1997, respectively.  In the acquisition,  the Company assumed
          promissory  notes totaling  $3.090 million (Note G) and recorded land,
          building, and equipment totaling $4.182 million.

          In September 1997, the Company  acquired its first 25% interest of the
          Airport Ramada Suites, in Salt Lake City, Utah, with a cash deposit of
          $250,000.  In  June  and  September  1998,  the  Company  acquired  an
          additional  25% each  transaction  in trades of other  hotel  property
          interests;  bringing the  Company's  ownership to 75%.  Once  majority
          ownership was  obtained,  the Company  recorded  land,  building,  and
          equipment of $2.763  million and notes payable of $2.294 million (Note
          G).

          In February  1999,  the  Company  sold an office  building  located in
          Memphis  Tennessee for $1,434,000.  The building was originally bought
          for  $1,425,00   through  its  wholly  owned   subsidiary,   Bountiful
          Investment  Group in April  1998.  The  $1.425  million  purchase  was
          financed  with  a  $1.068  million  mortgage  and a  down  payment  of
          $357,000. See Note G for more information regarding the debt.

          During 1999, the Company also sold its' 49% interest in a partnership,
          which holds a hotel operation for $800,000,  and other investments for
          $1,685,000.

Note R -   Acquisitions

          During 1998,  the Company  completed the  acquisition  of  Information
          Quest  (IQ),  Quantum  Marketing,   Inc.  (Quantum),   and  Get  Ahead
          Bookstores, Inc.

          In January 1998, the Company  acquired IQ, a Nevada  corporation,  and
          the producer of the IQ Pager,  which provides  subscribers with paging
          service for stock related information. WCFC exchanged 45,000 shares of
          restricted  common stock for 50,000 shares of IQ,  representing all of
          the issued and  outstanding  shares of IQ. On the date of acquisition,
          the market value of the stock issued was $188,000. The acquisition was
          accounted  for as a purchase,  resulting in assets of $1.961  million,
          liabilities assumed of $1.835 million, and goodwill of $126,000.

          In January 1998, the Company acquired Quantum,  a Nevada  Corporation.
          WCFC exchanged 45,000 shares of restricted common stock for 24 million
          shares of  Quantum,  representing  all of the issued  and  outstanding
          capital stock of Quantum.  On the date of acquisition,  the fair value
          of the stock issued was $189,000. The acquisition was accounted for as
          a purchase, resulting in goodwill of $189,000.

          In  January  1998,  WCFC  acquired  Get  Ahead  Bookstores,  a  Nevada
          corporation,  a retail  distributor of financial  education,  personal
          development, and inspirational products, including books, audio tapes,
          and video tapes,  located in Quantum's  financial  education  centers.
          WCFC paid $1.00 for an assignment of all interest,  rights, and claims
          in Get Ahead Bookstores.



                                      -27
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note R -   Acquisitions (continued)

          In December  1999,  the Company  recognized the impairment of goodwill
          based  on  the  continuous  loss  from  some  of its  subsidiaries  in
          accordance with the Financial  Accounting  Standards  board's SFAS No.
          121,  "Accounting  For The  Impairment  Of  Long-Lived  Assets And For
          Long-Lived  Assets To Be Disposed of". The impairment loss of goodwill
          was charged to selling, general and administrative expenses.

          At December 31, 1999 and 1998,  goodwill was $2.187 million and $3.166
          million,  and  accumulated  amortization  was $127,000  and  $105,000,
          recording  net  goodwill  of  $2.060   million  and  $3.061   million,
          respectively.  The 1999 amounts were reduced by an impairment  loss of
          $1.095 million.

Note S -  Accounts Payable Negotiation

          SFAS No. 15 establishes accounting standards for debtors and creditors
          during  troubled  debt  restructurings.  A debtor that  transfers  its
          receivable  from a third party to a creditor to settle fully a payable
          shall  recognize  a  gain  on  restructuring   of  payable.   Gain  on
          restructuring  of payables shall be aggregated,  included in measuring
          net  income  for  the  period  of  restructuring,   and  if  material,
          classified as an extraordinary item, net of related income tax effect,
          in  accordance  with SFAS No. 4,  "Reporting  Gains  and  Losses  from
          Extinguishment of Debt."

          In 1999, as part of the Company's  negotiation  with its vendors,  the
          Company  used  $130,000  of  prepaid  advertising  credit,  ITEX trade
          dollars (see Note I), to settle $160,000  accounts  payable.  Since no
          material gain or loss arose from such  transaction,  no  extraordinary
          gain or loss was recognized.

Note T -  Pending Litigation and Legal Proceeding

          During 1998 and 1999, the Company received Civil Investigative Demands
          ("CID")   from   Attorneys   General   (`AG")  of  ten   states   (the
          "multi-state-group").  Each CID was essentially the same and requested
          general information  concerning the Company and its officers.  The CID
          also requested substantiation for certain specific statements from the
          Company's  advertisements and marketing materials,  and certain of its
          publications.  The Company  subsequently  provided extensive responses
          and materials for the advertising and marketing  statements.  Although
          there were sporadic  contacts with the office of the Attorney  General
          of  Washington  as lead counsel for the multi state  group,  little of
          substance  has  occurred  during the pendency of  discussion  with the
          Federal  Trade  Commission  ("FTC")  discussed  above.   However,   as
          discussions with the FTC began to ripen into consensus,  the potential
          FTC agreement has become a focal point for resolving  matters with the
          multi-state-group.  The multi-state-group indicated it was amenable to
          a settlement  predicated  on the FTC draft  agreement,  but subject to
          certain  additional  issues.  Discussions  between  the Company and an
          expanded  AG  multi-state  group  members,   which  now  includes  the
          Attorneys  General of California and Texas,  continue as of this date.
          It is not  possible at this  juncture  to predict  what the outcome of
          those  discussions will be or whether these matters will ultimately be
          settled or litigated.  Furthermore,  no assurance can be made that any
          of the state AG will conform to the settlement approved by FTC.


                                      -28-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note T -  Pending Litigation and Legal Proceeding (continued)

          In  March  1998,  the  District  4  Subcommittee  of the  Unauthorized
          Practice of Law Committee in the state of Texas sent a request to SMIL
          and two former  employees of the Company  asking that the parties sign
          an agreement to voluntarily  cease and desist in the activities  which
          may  constitute  the  unauthorized  practice  of  law  in  Texas.  The
          committee  alleged  that SMIL  offered to set up Nevada  corporations,
          Living  Trusts,  Keogh Plans,  and  Corporate  Pension  Plans,  Family
          Limited  Partnerships,  Massachusetts  Business Trust,  and Charitable
          Remainder  Trusts.  The  committee  further  alleged  that the Company
          advised clients about legal  structuring,  legal  advantages and legal
          strategies  associated  with  such  entities,  and  provided  specific
          proposals of structuring an individual's  assets and  businesses.  The
          Company  declined to enter into a voluntary cease and desist on behalf
          of the former  employees  named in the request  because they no longer
          work for the Company.  In 1998,  the Company  divested that portion of
          its business associated with the activities  specified in the request.
          The  Company  has not  yet  determined  any  impact  on its  financial
          statements and no provision for losses has been made.

          On May 1, 1998,  the Attorney  General of Texas filed a lawsuit in the
          District Court of Bexar County,  Texas contending that the Company has
          engaged in false,  deceptive and misleading  acts and practices in the
          course of trade and commerce as defined in the Texas  Deceptive  Trade
          Practices-Consumer  Protection Act.  Specifically,  the state of Texas
          contends  that  the  Company's   sales  contracts  fail  to  have  the
          statutorily  required  notice of the three  day right to  cancel.  The
          Company has not yet determined any impact on its financial  statements
          and no provision for losses was made.

          On or about  January 11, 1999,  The People of the State of  California
          filed a complaint for rescission of contract, restitution,  injunctive
          relief,  civil  penalties,  and other  equitable  relief  against  the
          Company  and  others.  The case is based  on the  allegation  that the
          Company  marketed  investment  strategy  seminars and products without
          properly advising California  participants and customers that they had
          three days within which to revoke  their  purchase of any such seminar
          or product. On the basis of this allegation, the District Attorney for
          the County of Fresno is seeking  full  restitution  of all monies paid
          for the Company's seminars and products by California participants and
          customers during the four years preceding the filing of the complaint,
          civil penalties in an amount not less than $2,000,000, imposition of a
          constructive  trust on the Company's  profits  acquired as a result of
          its alleged wrongful  conduct,  costs of suit, and other relief. On or
          about April 7, 1999,  the  Company  filed an answer in which it denied
          all  material  allegations  of  the  complaint  and  asserted  certain
          affirmative defenses. The Company has not yet determined any impact on
          its financial statement and no provision for losses has been made.

          In 1996, the  Washington  State  Department of Financial  Institutions
          ("DFI")  first   notified  the  Company  that  it  was   investigating
          unspecified violations. To date, no complaint or other action has been
          filed by the DFI. On September 7, 1999,  the Company filed a complaint
          in the Superior Court of Washington against DFI, seeking a Declaratory
          Judgment that the DFI did not have the statutory  authority to conduct
          its investigation  because the Company is not an "investment  advisor"
          under the  Washington  Securities  Act,  that the DFI had violated the
          Company's right to due process and exceeded its statutory authority by
          conducting  an open  ended  and  unresolved  investigation  over for a
          period of four years without  closure or other  action.  The Court has
          taken the complaint under  advisement and indicated it would entertain
          a motion to proceed if the DFI failed to take action by March 1, 2000.
          As of this date, no such action has been taken by DFI. The Company has
          informed the Court of the  negotiations  with the Washington  Attorney
          General



                                      -29-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note T -  Pending Litigation and Legal Proceeding (continued)

          and indicated  that it would refrain from any further action to pursue
          its complaint against DFI during the pendancy of those discussions.

          On or about October 15, 1999,  the Company was informed by the Federal
          Trade  Commission that the agency was conducting an  investigation  of
          possible  violations  of the Federal  Trade  Commission  Act.  Several
          meetings  were  held  between  counsel  and the FTC staff in which the
          Company vigorously  contested any allegations of such trade practices.
          As matters  progressed,  it became evident that there might be a basis
          for a negotiated  resolution  of this  dispute.  The FTC staff made it
          clear that their focus was on  specific  past  advertising  issued and
          that  the  efficacy  of the  Company's  publications  and  educational
          seminars  were  not  at  issue  in  their  investigation.   Management
          determined  that the Company did not wish to expend the  extraordinary
          sums that would be required for a full defense of an FTC  complaint if
          a consent  agreement  could be  negotiated  that would set  consensual
          standards for future  advertising  and marketing and that would assure
          that a  mechanism  was  created for the  equitable  resolution  of any
          meritorious past customer complaints.

          Counsel and the FTC staff have been engaged in intensive  and detailed
          discussions.  As of this date,  FTC staff and the Company have arrived
          at a  tentative  agreement  in  principle.  If that  agreement  can be
          refined into a mutually acceptable written consent order agreement, it
          will then be forwarded to the Federal  Trade  Commissioners  for their
          independent review. At this juncture,  there is no way to predict what
          action the  Commissioners  would take in this  regard or whether  this
          matter will ultimately be settled or litigated.

          Other Litigation

          The Company has been named a defendant  in several  other  lawsuits in
          the normal course of its business.  In the opinion of the  management,
          after  consulting  with  legal  counsel,  the  liabilities,   if  any,
          resulting  from these  matters will not have a material  effect on the
          consolidated financial statements of the Company.

Note U -  Significant Fourth Quarter Adjustments

          In the fourth quarter of 1999, the Company recorded the following:

               Impairment losses on other investments        $ 1,265,000
               Write-off equipment                               610,000
               Write-down of goodwill                          1,148,000
               Deferred tax benefit                           (2,858,000)


Note V -  Discontinued Operations

          On June 15,  1998,  the  Company  adopted a formal plan to sell Entity
          Planners,  Inc. (EPI), a wholly owned  subsidiary of WCFC. On June 30,
          1998,  the  Company  sold the stock of EPI,  the holder of a five year
          licensing  agreement  with the Company  enabling it to provide  entity
          structuring services relating to the topic of asset protection, estate
          planning, and tax reduction.



                                      -30-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note V -  Discontinued Operations (continued)

          EPI was sold to a newly  formed  company by  principals  who have been
          involved in the  production,  selling,  and  marketing of products and
          seminars for the Company. The stock of EPI was sold for $250,000.

          Operating  results of EPI for the year  ended  December  31,  1998 are
          shown  separately in the  accompanying  income  statement.  The income
          statement  for the year ended  December 31, 1997 has been restated and
          operating results of EPI are also shown separately.

          As a result of the sale of EPI, the  licensing  agreement  between the
          Company  and  EPI  was  transferred  to the new  owners  of  EPI.  The
          agreement  provides for aggregate  licensing  fees of $17.720  million
          payable  with  future  cash  flows of the  business  transferred.  The
          payment  schedule  requires,  on a weekly basis,  the remittance of an
          amount  ranging  from 70% to 75% of net  sales or 30% of gross  sales,
          whichever  greater,  for a period of five years.  In June of 1999, the
          five-year  licensing agreement was mutually terminated by the parties,
          and the Company entered into a temporary  licensing  arrangement  with
          EPI. Under the temporary licensing  arrangement,  the Company receives
          payments  in the form of  marketing  fees equal to 35% of EPI's  gross
          sales proceeds.  Total  licensing  revenue for the year ended December
          31, 1999 and 1998 were $2.7 million and $1.7 million, respectively.

Note W -  Segment Reporting

          The Company operates through six business segments:  seminars, product
          sales, hotels, pager services, travel services, and other. The seminar
          segment conducts  educational  investment and business  seminars.  The
          product sales includes the publishing and distribution of video tapes,
          audio  tapes,  and  written   materials   designed  to  teach  various
          investment and cash flow strategies for investing in the stock market,
          asset protection and asset accumulation techniques or strategies.  The
          hotel segment  includes the ownership of operating  hotels.  The pager
          services  segment  produces the IQ Pager,  which provides  subscribers
          with paging services for stock related information. The travel service
          is a travel  agency  that is also in the  business  of selling  travel
          agent  training  kit. The other  segment  includes  retail book sales,
          interest in real estate  ventures,  and an  inter-company  advertising
          agency.

          Information  on the  Company's  business  segments for the years ended
          December 31,

<TABLE>
                (in thousands)                                     1999               1998             1997
                                                               -------------      -------------    -------------
                <S>                                             <C>                  <C>              <C>
                Net revenues and sales
                    Seminars                                    $  59,242            $78,191          $60,759
                    Product sales                                  12,955             24,355           29,386
                    Hotels                                          3,778              3,336                -
                    Pager service                                   5,395              8,427                -
                    Travel service                                  5,730              5,874            3,198
                    Other                                           5,360              8,576            4,302
                    Less: inter-company sales                     (8,332)           (10,552)          (4,302)
                                                               ------------      -------------    -------------
                                                                  $84,128          $ 118,207          $93,343
                                                               =============      =============    =============
</TABLE>



                                      -31-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note W -  Segment Reporting (continued)

<TABLE>
                (in thousands)                                     1999               1998             1997
                                                               -------------      -------------    -------------
                <S>                                             <C>                   <C>             <C>
                Operating income (loss)
                    Seminars                                      ($ 4,479)             $  483          $10,907
                    Product sales                                   (1,442)                813            3,538
                    Hotels                                            (363)              (432)                -
                    Pager services                                      847              2,494                -
                    Travel services                                   (716)                508               97
                    Other                                                43                419                -
                    Less: inter-company profit                      (1,148)              (731)                -
                                                               -------------      -------------    -------------
                                                                    (7,258)              3,554           14,542
                Other income (expense)                                  602              1,656            (706)
                                                               -------------      -------------    -------------
                Income (loss) from continuing operations
                before income taxes                                ($ 6,656)            $ 5,210         $ 13,836
                                                               =============      =============    =============
                Identifiable assets
                    Seminars                                           $  -              $   -             $  -
                    Product sales                                       517                487                -
                    Hotels                                                -             13,482                -
                    Pager services                                    1,198              1,521                -
                    Travel services                                      73                 18               18
                    Other                                             1,576              3,084
                                                               -------------      -------------    -------------
                Segmented assets                                      3,364             18,592               18
                Corporate assets                                     13,617             14,199           12,037
                                                               -------------      -------------    -------------
                    Total identifiable assets                        16,981             32,791           12,055
                                                               -------------      -------------    -------------
                Accumulated depreciation and
                    Amortization
                    Seminars                                              -                  -                -
                    Product sales                                       333                264                -
                    Hotels                                                -                293                -
                    Pager services                                      358                257                -
                    Travel services                                       9                  1                -
                    Other                                               183                111
                                                               -------------      -------------    -------------
                Segmented asset depreciation and
                    Amortization                                        883                926                -
                Corporate asset depreciation and
                    Amortization                                      4,000              2,662            1,630
                                                               -------------      -------------    -------------
                Total accumulated depreciation and
                    Amortization                                      4,883              3,588            1,630
                                                               -------------      -------------    -------------
                Net identifiable assets                             $12,098           $ 29,203         $ 10,425
                                                               =============      =============    =============

</TABLE>



                                      -32-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note W -  Segment Reporting (continued)

<TABLE>
                (in thousands)                                     1999               1998             1997
                                                               -------------      -------------    -------------
                <S>                                             <C>                   <C>             <C>
                Capital expenditures
                    Seminars                                          $   -              $   -             $  -
                    Product sales                                        30                487                -
                    Hotels                                         (13,482)             13,482                -
                    Pager services                                    (323)              1,521                -
                    Travel services                                      55                  -
                    Other                                           (1,508)              3,084                -
                                                               -------------      -------------    -------------
                Total segment expenditures                         (15,228)             18,574                -
                    Corporate expenditures                            (582)              2,162            4,157
                                                               -------------      -------------    -------------
                Total capital expenditures                       ($ 15,810)           $ 20,736          $ 4,157
                                                               =============      =============    =============
</TABLE>

          In all material respects, the Company accounts for inter-company sales
          and  transfers as if the sales or transfers  were to third parties for
          purposes  of   reporting   on  the   business   segment   information.
          Identifiable  assets are those  assets used in a segment's  operation.
          Corporate  assets  consist  of  certain  non-current  assets  used  by
          multiple segments.  Discontinued  operations have not been included in
          the  calculation  of segmented  information.  In arriving at operating
          income,  certain expenses were allocated based on the Company's policy
          for allocating expenses.

          Substantially all of the Company's sales are domestic,  See Note J for
          a summary of material  domestic sales. All of the Company's assets are
          located within the continental  United States.  No customer  accounted
          for greater than 10% of the Company's  revenues.  No vendor  accounted
          for more than 10% of the Company's expenses.

Note X -  Subsequent Events

          On January 3, 2000 the Company  issued  297,500  shares of  restricted
          common stocks granted on December 31, 1999 to employees as bonus.  See
          Note K.

          In January  2000,  the Company  funded its  investment  commitment  of
          $650,000 as disclosed in Note L.

          On March 6, 2000,  the Company  announced  it would buy back up to two
          million  shares of the  Company's  outstanding  common stocks over the
          next year through the Company's  brokerage  accounts.  The  repurchase
          program  will be  conducted  in  compliance  with  Rule  10-18  of the
          Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will expire no later than February
          16, 2001.



                                      -33-
<PAGE>

                WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note Y -  Going Concern

          The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity
          with generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  which  contemplates
          continuation of the Company as a going concern.  However,  the Company
          has sustained a significant operating loss for the year ended December
          31, 1999.  In addition,  the Company has used  substantial  amounts of
          working capital in its operations.  Further,  at December 31, 1999 and
          1998, current  liabilities exceed current assets by $2.789 million and
          $15.973 million, respectively.

          In view of these matters, realization of a major portion of the assets
          in  the  accompanying  balance  sheets  is  dependent  upon  continued
          operations  of the  company,  which  in turn  is  dependent  upon  the
          Company's  ability to meet its working capital  requirements,  and the
          success of its future operations. Management has taken steps to reduce
          costs, improve profitability,  and liquidity. By selling the Company's
          major  holdings in the four  hotels,  the company has  redirected  its
          focus  on  its  core  business  of  conducting   education  investment
          seminars.   The  Company  started  and  continues  to  streamline  its
          operations  by  holding  seminars  in fewer but  concentrated  markets
          reducing travel, speaker, and meeting room costs, resulting in greater
          efficiency  and better gross profit per seminar  attendee.  Management
          believes  that actions  presently  being taken to revise the Company's
          operating and financial  requirements  provide the opportunity for the
          Company to continue as a going concern.


<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
                                 -------------

Exhibit No.         Description
- -----------         -----------
  2.1(Infinity)     Stock Purchase  Agreement  dated June 30, 1998, by and among
                    the Company,  Entity Planners,  Inc., and Berry,  Childers &
                    Associates, L.L.C.

  2.2(Infinity)
                    Amendment to Stock Purchase  Agreement  dated  September 30,
                    1998 by and among the  Company,  Entity  Planners  Inc.  and
                    Berry, Childers & Associates, L.L.C.

  2.3*              Purchase  and Sale  Agreement,  dated July 4, 1996,  between
                    United Support Association and Seller

  2.4*              All  Inclusive  Trust  Deed  dated  March 8,  1997,  for the
                    purchase and  assumption  of certain  real-estate  by Rising
                    Tide, LTD from East Bay Lodging Association, LTD

  2.5**             Share  Exchange  Agreement,  dated January 1, 1998,  between
                    Wade Cook Financial Corporation and Information Quest, Inc.

  2.6**             Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  August 8, 1997,  between
                    Profit  Financial  Corporation  and  Curtis  A.  Taylor  and
                    Stanley J. Zenk regarding Worldwide Acquisition.

  2.7**             Stock Purchase Agreement, dated August 1, 1997, between Wade
                    Cook Financial Corporation and John V. Childers, Sr., Brenda
                    Childers,  Tracy Allan  Childers and John V.  Childers,  Jr.
                    regarding Ideal Acquisition.

  2.8**             Share  Exchange  Agreement,  dated August 15, 1997,  between
                    Profit Financial Corporation and Gold Leaf Press, Inc.

  2.9**             Share  Exchange  Agreement,  dated August 15, 1997,  between
                    Profit Financial Corporation and Origin Book Sales, Inc.

  2.10***           Assignment  and Assumption of Interest,  Consent  Agreement,
                    Memorandum of Terms re: Airport Hotel Partners, L.L.C.

  2.11***           Limited Liability  Company Interest  Purchase  Agreement re:
                    Woods Cross Hotel Partners, L.C. dated November 29, 1997

  2.12***           Limited Liability  Company Interest Purchase  Agreement with
                    exhibits re: Park City Hotel  Partners,  L.C. dated February
                    4, 1997

  2.13***           Memorandum of Terms,  Assignment and Assumption of Interest,
                    Warranty Deed re: Airport Lodging Associates, L.L.C.

  2.14****          Share  Exchange  Agreement,  dated January 1, 1998,  between
                    WCFC & Quantum Marketing, Inc.




<PAGE>

Exhibit No.         Description
- -----------         -----------
  2.15****          Stock  Assignment  Agreement dated January 1, 1998,  between
                    WCFC & Glendon H. Sypher

  3.1**             Articles of Incorporation of Wade Cook Financial Corporation

  3.2               Bylaws of Wade Cook Financial Corporation

  4.1**             Form of  Wade  Cook  Financial  Corporation's  Common  Stock
                    Certificate

 10.1**(Function)   1997 Stock Incentive Plan of Wade Cook Financial Corporation

 10.2**             Form of  Indemnification  Agreement  of Wade Cook  Financial
                    Corporation

 10.3*              Product Agreement,  dated June 25, 1997, and effective as of
                    July 1, 1997,  among Wade Cook Seminars,  Inc.,  Money Chef,
                    Inc., and Wade B. Cook

 10.4*              Agreement  dated February 1, 1996,  between Wade B. Cook and
                    Lighthouse Publishing Group, Inc.

 10.5*              Amended Agreement, dated June 26, 1997, between Wade B. Cook
                    and Lighthouse Publishing Group, Inc.

 10.6*              Agreement  Dated  January 1, 1997,  between Wade B. Cook and
                    Lighthouse Publishing Group, Inc.

 10.7*              Amended Agreement dated June 26, 1997,  between Wade B. Cook
                    and Lighthouse Publishing Group, Inc.

 10.8*              Agreement  dated  March 1,  1997,  between  Wade B. Cook and
                    Lighthouse Publishing Group, Inc.


 10.9*              Agreement  dated  May 1,  1997,  between  Wade B.  Cook  and
                    Lighthouse Publishing Group, Inc.

 10.10*(Function)   Employment  Agreement  dated June 26,  1997,  by and between
                    Wade Cook Seminars, Inc., and Wade B. Cook

 10.11*             Commercial  Lease dated June 25,  1997,  by and between Wade
                    Cook Seminars, Inc. and U.S.A. Corporate Services, Inc.

 10.12*             Agreement  dated November 1, 1996,  between Wade B. Cook and
                    Lighthouse Publishing Group, Inc.

 10.13*             Secured Loan Agreement and Promissory Note (Secured) between
                    U.S.A., Wade Cook Seminars, Inc. and Newstart Centre, Inc.

 10.14**            Open-Ended Product Agreement,  dated March 20, 1998, between
                    Wade Cook Financial Corporation and Wade B. Cook

 10.15***           Product  Agreement,  dated March 23,  1998,  between  Planet
                    Cash,  Inc.,  Steven Allyn  Wirrick and Wade Cook  Financial
                    Corporation
<PAGE>


Exhibit No.         Description
- -----------         -----------
 10.16***           Stock Assignment  Agreement,  dated January 1, 1998, between
                    Get Ahead Bookstores,  Inc., Glendon H. Sypher and Wade Cook
                    Financial Corporation

 10.17**            Product  Agreement,  dated March 23, 1998, between Wade Cook
                    Financial  Corporation,  Information  Quest, Inc. and Thomas
                    Cloward

 10.18**            Share Exchange Agreement,  dated September 12, 1997, between
                    Profit Financial  Corporation and Applied Voice Recognition,
                    Inc.

 10.19**            Publishing  Agreement,  effective October 1, 1997 and signed
                    January 12, 1998, between Lighthouse  Publishing Group, Inc.
                    and Wade B. Cook

 10.20**            Secured Loan Agreement,  Promissory Note, and Certificate of
                    Delivery  and  Receipt  of  Documents,  dated May 23,  1997,
                    between  USA/Wade Cook Seminars,  Inc. and Newstart  Centre,
                    Inc.

 10.21**            Secured Loan Agreement,  Promissory Note, and Certificate of
                    Delivery  and  Receipt of  Documents,  dated June 20,  1997,
                    between Wade Cook Seminars, Inc. and Newstart Centre, Inc.

 10.22**            Secured Loan Agreement,  Promissory Note, and Certificate of
                    Delivery  and  Receipt of  Documents,  dated July 25,  1997,
                    between Wade Cook Seminars, Inc. and Newstart Centre, Inc.

 10.23**            Secured Loan Agreement,  Promissory Note, and Certificate of
                    Delivery  and Receipt of  Documents,  dated August 22, 1997,
                    between Information Quest, Inc. and Newstart Centre, Inc.

 10.24**            Secured Loan  Agreement,  Promissory Note and Certificate of
                    Delivery and Receipt of  Documents,  dated  October 9, 1997,
                    between Information Quest, Inc. and Newstart Centre, Inc.

 10.25**            Secured Loan  Agreement,  Promissory Note and Certificate of
                    Delivery and Receipt of  Documents,  dated  October 9, 1997,
                    between Left Coast  Advertising,  Inc. and Newstart  Centre,
                    Inc.

 10.26**            Secured Loan  Agreement,  Promissory Note and Certificate of
                    Delivery  and Receipt of  Documents  dated  August 19, 1997,
                    between Left Coast  Advertising,  Inc. and Newstart  Centre,
                    Inc.

 10.27***           Secured Loan  Agreement,  Promissory Note and Certificate of
                    Delivery and Receipt of  Documents,  dated January 20, 1998,
                    between Wade Cook Seminars, Inc. and Newstart Centre, Inc.

 10.28**            Secured  Promissory Note, dated July 31, 1997,  between Wade
                    Cook Seminars, Inc. and Robert and Meda Hondel

 10.29***           Secured  Promissory Note, dated June 18, 1997,  between Paul
                    and Laurie Cook and Wade Cook Seminars, Inc.

 10.30***           Secured Promissory Note, dated January 1, 1998, between Paul
                    and Laurie Cook and Wade Cook Seminars, Inc.

 10.31***           Warranty Deed, Articles of Organization re: Red Rock Lodging
                    Associates

 10.32****          Contract for Sale of Real Estate  dated  January 20, 1998 by
                    and between Ideal Travel  Concepts,  Inc. and/or assigns and
                    Kenneth B. Lenoir

 10.33(Infinity)    Exclusive  Product License  Agreement dated June 30, 1998 by
                    and between Wade B. Cook, and Entity Planners, Inc.

 10.34(Infinity)    Exclusive  Product License  Agreement dated June 30, 1998 by
                    and  between  Wade Cook  Financial  Corporation,  and Entity
                    Planners, Inc.


<PAGE>

Exhibit No.         Description
- -----------         -----------
 10.35(Infinity)    Open Ended  Product  Agreement  between the Company and Wade
                    Cook dated March 20, 1998

 10.36(Infinity)    Amendment to the Open Ended Product Agreement dated November
                    13, 1998 by and between the Company and Wade Cook

 10.37#             Assignment  and Assumption of Interest dated August 22, 1996
                    by  and  between  Zion's  Management  and  Development  Co.,
                    Airport Lodging Associates L.C. and Wade Cook Seminars, Inc.

 10.38#             Real Estate  Purchase  Contract  dated  August 22, 1997 (St.
                    George Hilton)

 10.39#             Addendum No. 1/Counteroffer to Real Estate Purchase Contract
                    dated August 1997 (St. George Hilton

 10.40#             Real Estate  Lease dated July 16, 1998  between  Origin Book
                    Sales, Inc. and California Avenue Associates, LLC.

 10.41#             Form of Speaker Agreement

 10.42#             Agreement  dated December 11, 1998 between THH Ventures L.C.
                    and the Company

 10.43              Assignment  Agreement  dated   December  15,  1999  by  and
                    between  Wade Cook  Financial  Corporation  and Never Ending
                    Wealth, L.P.

 10.44              Purchase  and Sale  Agreement  for  Hotel  Properties  dated
                    December  1999 by  and  between Bountiful  Investment Group,
                    Inc. and Eagle Rock Finance, L.C.

 10.45              Promissory Note dated December 20, 2000 made by Stock Market
                    Institute of Learning,  Inc. in favor of Sun Life  Assurance
                    Company of Canada.

 10.46              Promissory  Note dated June 1999 made by Quantum  Marketing,
                    Inc. in favor of Habib American Bank.

 11.1#              Statement of Computation of Per Share Earnings

 16.1**             Letter re: Change in Certifying Accountant

 21.1#              List of Wade Cook Financial Corporation Subsidiaries

 27.1#              Financial Data Schedule - December 31, 1999

- ---------------------------------
*    Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company's  registration  statement on
     Form 10 filed with the SEC on April 30,  1997,  as amended on June 29, 1997
     and September 24, 1997

**   Previously  filed as an exhibit to the  Company's  Form 10-K filed with the
     SEC on March 31, 1998

***  Previously  filed as an exhibit to the Company's Form 10-K/A filed with the
     SEC on July 20, 1998

**** Previously  filed as an exhibit to the  Company's  Form 10-Q filed with the
     SEC on August 8, 1998

     (Infinity)     Previously  filed as an exhibit to the  Company's  Form 10-Q
                    filed with the SEC on November 16, 1998

     (Function)     This document has been  identified as a management  contract
                    or compensatory plan or arrangement.

#    Previously  filed as an exhibit to the  Company's  Form 10-K filed with the
     SEC on March 31, 1999


                                                                     Exhibit 3.2

                                     BYLAWS

                         WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION

                                    ARTICLE I

                                     Offices

     The principal  office of the corporation  shall be located at its principal
place of business or such other place as the Board of  Directors  (the  "Board")
may designate.  The  corporation  may have such other offices,  either within or
without the State of Nevada,  as the Board may  designate  or as the business of
the corporation may require from time to time.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  Shareholders

     2.1 Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on
such date and at such place and time as the Board may specify for the purpose of
electing  directors and officers and  transacting  such business as may properly
come  before the  meeting.  If the day fixed for the  annual  meeting is a legal
holiday  at the  place of the  meeting,  the  meeting  shall be held on the next
succeeding  business  day.  If the  annual  meeting  is  not  held  on the  date
designated  therefor,  the  Board  shall  cause the  meeting  to be held as soon
thereafter as may be convenient.

     2.2 Special Meetings. The President,  the Board, or the holders of not less
than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding  shares of the corporation  entitled
to vote at the meeting may call  special  meetings of the  shareholders  for any
purpose,

     2.3 Meetings by Telephone. Shareholders may participate in a meeting of the
shareholders  by means  of a  conference  telephone  or  similar  communications
equipment  by means of which all persons  participating  in the meeting can hear
each  other at the same  time.  Participation  by such  means  shall  constitute
presence in person at a meeting.

     2.4 Place of Meeting. All meetings shall be held at the principal office of
the  corporation  or at such other  place  within or without the State of Nevada
designated by the Board.

     2.5  Notice of  Meeting.  The  President,  the  Secretary,  the  Board,  or
shareholders  calling an annual or special  meeting of  shareholders as provided
For herein, shall cause to be delivered to each shareholder entitled to notice



                                       1
<PAGE>


of or to vote at the meeting either personally or by mail,  postage prepaid,  or
facsimile transmission to the extent permitted by applicable state law, not less
than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting,  written  notice
stating  the place,  day and hour of the  meeting  and, in the case of a special
meeting,  the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  At any time,
upon written  request of the holders of not less than fifty percent (50%) of the
outstanding shares of the corporation  entitled to vote at the meeting, it shall
be the duty of the Secretary to give notice of a special meeting of shareholders
to be held on such date and at such place and time as the Secretary may fix, not
less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days after  receipt of said request,
and if the Secretary  shall  neglect or refuse to issue such notice,  the person
making  the  request  may do so and may fix the date for such  meeting.  If such
notice is mailed,  it shall be deemed  delivered  when deposited in the official
government  mail properly  addressed to the shareholder at his or her address as
it appears on the stock transfer books of the corporation  with postage prepaid.
If the notice is telegraphed,  to the extent permitted by state law, it shall be
deemed delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. If the
notice is  transmitted  by facsimile,  to the extent  permitted by state law, it
shall be deemed delivered when received.

     2.6 Waiver of Notice.  Whenever  any notice is  required to be given to any
shareholder under the provisions of these Bylaws,  the Articles of Incorporation
or the  General  Corporation  Law of the State of  Nevada,  a waiver  thereof in
writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before
or after the time stated  therein,  shall be deemed  equivalent to the giving of
such notice.

     2.7 Fixing of Record Date for Determining Shareholders.  For the purpose of
determining  shareholders  entitled  to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of
shareholders or any  adjournment  thereof,  or shareholders  entitled to receive
payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for
any other  purpose,  the Board may fix in advance a date as the record  date for
any such determination. Such record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days,
and in case of a meeting of  shareholders,  not less than ten (10) days prior to
the date on which the particular  action  requiring such  determination is to be
taken. If no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled
to vote at a meeting or to receive  payment of a dividend,  the date and hour on
which the notice of meeting  is mailed or on which the  resolution  of the Board
declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date
and  time  for  such  determination.  Such a  determination  shall  apply to any
adjournment of the meeting.

     2.8  Voting  Record.  At  least  ten  (10)  days  before  each  meeting  of
shareholders,  a complete  record of the  shareholders  entitled to vote at such
meeting,  or any adjournment  thereof,  shall be made,  arranged in alphabetical
order, with the address of and number of shares held by each shareholder. This


                                       2

<PAGE>


record shall be kept on file at the registered office of the corporation for ten
(10) days prior to such  meeting and shall be kept open at such  meeting for the
inspection of any shareholder.

     2.9  Quorum.  A  majority  of the  outstanding  shares  of the  corporation
entitled to vote,  represented in person or by proxy,  shall constitute a quorum
at a meeting  of the  shareholders.  If less  than one  hundred  percent  of the
outstanding  shares entitled to vote are represented at a meeting, a majority of
the shares so  represented  may adjourn the  meeting  from time to time  without
further  notice.  If a quorum is present or represented at a reconvened  meeting
following such an  adjournment,  any business may be transacted  that might have
been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

     2.10 Manner of Acting.  If a quorum is present,  the affirmative  vote of a
majority of the shares  represented  at the meeting and  entitled to vote on the
subject  matter  shall  be the act of the  shareholders,  unless  the  vote of a
greater number is required by these Bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation or the
General Corporation Law of the State of Nevada.

     2.11 Proxies.  A shareholder  may vote by proxy  executed in writing by the
shareholder or by his or her duly  authorized  agent.  Such proxy shall be filed
with the Secretary of the  corporation  before or at the time of the meeting.  A
proxy  shall  become  invalid  six (6) months  after the date of its  execution,
unless  otherwise  provided  in the proxy.  A proxy with  respect to a specified
meeting  shall  entitle  the holder  thereof to vote at any  reconvened  meeting
following  adjournment  of such  meeting  but shall not be valid after the final
adjournment thereof.

     2.12 Voting of Shares. Each outstanding share entitled to vote with respect
to the subject matter of an issue submitted to a meeting of  shareholders  shall
be entitled to one vote upon each such issue.

     2.13  Voting  for  Directors.  Each  entitled  to  vote at an  election  of
directors,  in  person  or by  proxy,  has a right to vote one (1) vote for each
share of stock standing in his name on the books of the corporation.

     2.14 Action by  Shareholders  Without a Meeting.  Any action which could be
taken at a meeting  of the  shareholders  may be taken  without  a meeting  if a
written  consent  setting  forth the  action so taken is signed by  shareholders
holding a majority  of the  voting  power of all  shares  entitled  to vote with
respect to the subject matter thereof;  provided, that if a different proportion
of voting  power is required by the Articles of  Incorporation,  these Bylaws or
the  General  Corporate  Law of the State of  Nevada,  then that  proportion  of
written consents is required.  Any such consents shall be inserted in the minute
book as if it were the minutes of a meeting of the shareholders.


                                       3

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE III

                               Board of Directors

     3.1 General Powers. All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the
authority of, and the business and affairs of the  corporation  shall be managed
under the direction of, the Board,  except as may be otherwise provided in these
Bylaws,  the Articles of  Incorporation  or the General  Corporation  Law of the
State of Nevada.

     3.2 Number and Tenure. The Board may be increased or decreased from time to
time;  provided,  however,  that the number  shall not be less than three (3) or
more than twelve  (12).  In the case of an increase in the number of  Directors,
the additional  director or directors shall be elected by the shareholders at an
annual meeting or at such special meeting called for that purpose.  In case of a
vacancy in the Board of Directors,  the remaining  Directors,  by majority vote,
may elect a successor  to hold  office for the  unexpired  term of the  Director
whose  position  is  vacant,  and  until the  election  and  qualification  of a
successor.

     The directors of this Corporation will be divided into three classes: Class
I, Class II, and Class Ill.  Such  classes  must be as nearly equal in number as
possible.  The term of the Class I  directors  will  expire at the first  annual
meeting of the shareholders following the designation;  the term of the Class II
directors will expire at the second annual meeting of the shareholders following
designation;  and the term of the Class III  directors  will expire at the third
annual meeting of the  shareholders  following  designation.  Any changes to the
number of  directors  will be  apportioned  among the  classes so that after the
change, the classes will remain as nearly equal in number as possible.

     The  provisions of this Article 3.2 may not be amended or repealed,  and no
provisions inconsistent herewith may be adopted by the Corporation,  without the
affirmative  vote of the holders of at least  sixty-seven  percent ( 67%) of the
shares of the Corporation.

     3.3 Annual and Regular  Meetings.  An annual  Board  meeting  shall be held
without notice  immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of
shareholders.  A resolution of the Board, or any committee thereof,  may specify
the time and place  either  within or without  the State of Nevada  for  holding
regular meetings thereof without other notice than such resolution.

     3.4  Special  Meetings.  Special  meetings  of the  Board or any  committee
appointed by the Board may be called by or at the request of the Chairman of the
Board, the President,  the Secretary or any one director.  The person or persons
authorized  to call special  meetings may fix any place either within or without
the State of Nevada as the place for holding any special Board meeting called by
them.


                                       4

<PAGE>


     3.5 Meetings by Telephone. Members of the Board or any committee designated
by the Board may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of
a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all
persons  participating  in the  meeting  can hear each  other at the same  time.
Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

     3.6  Notice of  Special  Meetings.  Written  notice  of a special  Board or
committee  meeting stating the place, day and hour of the meeting shall be given
to a director  at his or her address  shown on the  records of the  corporation.
Neither  the  business  to be  transacted  at, nor the  purpose  of, any special
meeting need be specified in the notice of such meeting.

               3.6.1 Personal Delivery.  If delivery is by personal service, the
          notice  shall be  effective  if delivered at such address at least two
          (2) days before the meeting.

               3.6.2  Delivery  by Mail.  If notice is  delivered  by mail,  the
          notice  shall  be  deemed  effective  if  deposited  in  the  official
          government mail properly addressed with postage pre-paid at least five
          (5) days before the meeting.

               3.6.3  Delivery by Telex or Facsimile.  If notice is delivered by
          telex or facsimile,  the notice shall be deemed  effective if sent and
          evidenced  by  transmission  receipt or report at least three (3) days
          before the meeting.

     3.7 Waiver of Notice.

               3.7.1 In Writing.  Whenever any notice is required to be given to
          any director  under the  provisions of these  Bylaws,  the Articles of
          Incorporation or the General Corporation Law of the State of Nevada, a
          waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to
          such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be
          deemed  equivalent to the giving of such notice.  Neither the business
          to be  transacted  at,  nor the  purpose  of,  any  regular or special
          meeting of the Board need be specified in the waiver of notice of such
          meeting.

               3.7.2 By  Attendance.  The attendance of a director at a Board or
          committee meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting,
          except where a director  attends a meeting for the express  purpose of
          objecting to the  transaction  of any business  because the meeting is
          not lawfully called or convened.

     3.8 Quorum.  A majority of the directors shall  constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business at any Board meeting. A majority of the directors


                                       5

<PAGE>


present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

     3.9 Manner of Acting. The act of the majority of the directors present at a
Board or  committee  meeting at which there is a quorum  shall be the act of the
Board or of such  committee,  unless the vote of a greater number is required by
these Bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation,  or the General  Corporation Law of
the State of Nevada.

     3.10  Presumption  of Assent.  A director of the  corporation  present at a
Board or  committee  meeting at which  action on any  corporate  matter is taken
shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his or her dissent
is entered in the  minutes  of the  meeting,  or unless  such  director  files a
written  dissent to such action with the person  acting as the  secretary of the
meeting before the adjournment  thereof,  or forwards such dissent by registered
mail to the Secretary of the  corporation  immediately  after the adjournment of
the meeting. A director who voted in favor of such action may not dissent.

     3.11  Action by Board or  Committees  Without a Meeting.  Any action  which
could be taken at a meeting of the Board or of any  committee  appointed  by the
Board may be taken  without a meeting  if a written  consent  setting  forth the
action so taken is signed by each of the directors or by each committee  member.
Any such written  consent shall be inserted in the minute book as if it were the
minutes of a Board or a committee meeting.

     3.12 Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering written
notice to the Chairman of the Board, the President,  the Secretary or the Board,
or to the registered office of the corporation,  or by giving oral notice at any
meeting of the directors or shareholders. Any such resignation shall take effect
at the time specified  therein,  or if the time is not specified,  upon delivery
thereof  and,  unless  otherwise  specified  therein,  the  acceptance  of  such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

     3.13  Removal.  At a meeting  of  shareholders  called  expressly  for that
purpose,  one or more members of the Board  (including  the entire Board) may be
removed, with or without cause, by a vote of the holders of two-thirds (66 2/3%)
of the  shares  then  entitled  to vote on the  election  of  directors.  If the
Articles of Incorporation permit cumulative voting in the election of directors,
and if less than the entire Board is to be removed,  no one of the directors may
be removed if the votes cast against his or her removal  would be  sufficient to
elect such  director  if then  cumulatively  voted at an  election of the entire
Board.

     3.14  Vacancies.  Any vacancy  occurring  on the Board may be filled by the
affirmative  vote of a majority of the  remaining  directors  though less than a
quorum of the Board.  A director  elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for
the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office. Any directorship to be


                                       6

<PAGE>


Filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors  may be filled by the
Board for a term of office  continuing only until the next election of directors
by the shareholders.

     3.15  Compensation.  By  Board  Resolution,  directors  may be  paid  their
expenses,  if any,  of  attendance  at each  Board  meeting,  or a fixed sum for
attendance  at each  Board  meeting,  or a stated  salary  as a  director,  or a
combination  of the forgoing.  No such payment shall  preclude any director from
serving  the  corporation  in any  other  capacity  and  receiving  compensation
therefor.

     3.16  Establishment  of  Committees.  The Board  shall have the  Power,  by
resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the Board, to designate one or
more  committees  from among its members,  each committee to consist of not less
than two  directors  of the  Corporation,  which to the extent  provided  in the
resolutions  or in these Bylaws,  shall report to the Board and may exercise the
authority of the Board to the extent provided in its enabling resolution and any
pertinent  subsequent  resolutions  adopted in like  manner,  provided  that the
authority  of each such  committee  shall be subject  to  applicable  law.  Each
committee or committees  shall have such name or names as may be stated in these
Bylaws or as may be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board.

     The sole  committee  of the  Corporation  existing as of November  15, 1999
shall be the Audit/Executive Committee, whose membership shall consist solely of
outside director members. The Board shall be responsible for the scope and power
of the Individual committees and their assignments.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    Officers

     4.1 Number. The officers of the corporation shall be President,  Secretary,
and  Treasurer,  each of whom shall be elected by the Board.  The Board may also
elect  Vice  Presidents,  as well as  other  officers  and  assistant  officers,
including a Chairman of the Board, who may or may not be an executive officer of
the  Corporation as may be designated by the Board,  such officers and assistant
officers to hold for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as
are provided in these Bylaws or any may be provided by  resolution of the Board.
Any officer may be  assigned  by the Board any  additional  title that the Board
deems  appropriate  including  the  title  of  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Chief
Financial Officer, Chief Operations Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and


                                       7

<PAGE>


Controller.  The Board may delegate to any officer or agent the power to appoint
any subordinate  officers or agents and to prescribe their  respective  terms of
office,  authority  and duties.  Any two or more offices may be held by the same
person.

     4.2 Election and Term of Office.  The officers of the corporation  shall be
elected annually by the Board at the Board meeting held after the annual meeting
of the  shareholders.  If the election of officers is not held at such  meeting,
such election shall be held as soon  thereafter as a Board meeting  conveniently
may be held. Unless an officer dies,  resigns,  or is removed from office, he or
she shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the Board or until his or
her successor is elected.

     4.3 Resignation.  Amy officer may resign at any time by delivering  written
notice to the Chairman of the Board, the President,  the Secretary or the Board,
or by giving oral notice at any meeting of the Board. Any such resignation shall
take effect at the time specified therein, or if the time is not specified, upon
delivery thereof and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

     4.4 Removal.  Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board may be
removed by the Board with or without  cause  whenever in its  judgment  the best
interests of the corporation would be served thereby,  but such removal shall be
without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

     4.5 Vacancies.  A vacancy in any office created by the death,  resignation,
removal,  disqualification,  creation  of a new office or any other cause may be
filled  by the  Board for the  unexpired  portion  of the term or for a new term
established by the Board.

     4.6 President.  The President  shall preside over meetings of the Board and
shareholders  and, subject to the Board's  control,  shall supervise and control
all of the assets,  business and affairs of the  corporation.  The President may
sign  certificates  for  shares of the  corporation,  deeds,  mortgages,  bonds,
contracts,  or other instruments,  except when the signing and execution thereof
have been  expressly  delegated  by the Board or by these  Bylaws to some  other
officer  or agent of the  corporation  or are  required  by law to be  otherwise
signed or executed by some other  officer or in some other  manner.  In general,
the President shall perform all duties incident to the office of President,  and
such other duties as are prescribed by the Board from time to time.

     4.7 Vice President.  Except as otherwise provided herein, in the absence of
the  President or his inability to act, the senior Vice  President  shall act in
his  place  and  stead  and  shall  have all the  powers  and  authority  of the
President, except as limited by resolution of the Board.


                                       8

<PAGE>


     4.8 Secretary. The Secretary shall: (a) keep the minutes of meetings of the
shareholders  and the Board in one or more books provided for that purpose;  (b)
see that all notices are duly given in accordance  with the  provisions of these
Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the  corporate  records of the
corporation;  (d) keep registers of the post office address of each  shareholder
and Director;  (e) sign  certificates  for shares of the  corporation;  (f) have
general charge of the stock transfer books of the  corporation;  (g) sign,  with
the President, or other officer authorized by the President or the Board, deeds,
mortgages,  bonds, contracts,  or other instruments;  and (h) in general perform
all duties  incident to the office of  Secretary  and such other  duties as from
time to time may be assigned to him or her by the President or by the Board.  In
the absence of the Secretary,  an Assistant  Secretary may perform the duties of
the Secretary.

     4.9 Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds
and  securities  and shall  keep  full and  accurate  account  of  receipts  and
disbursements in books belonging to the corporation. He shall deposit all monies
and other  valuables  in the name and to the credit of the  corporation  in such
depositories as may be designated by the Board. The Treasurer shall disburse the
funds of the  corporation  as may be ordered by the Board,  the  Chairman of the
Board (if there is one),  or the  President,  taking  proper  vouchers  for such
disbursements.  He shall  render to the Chairman of the Board (if there is one),
the  President and the Board at the regular  meetings of the Board,  or whenever
they may  request  it,  and to the  shareholders  at the  annual  meeting of the
shareholders,  an  account  of all  his  transactions  as  treasurer  and of the
financial  condition of the corporation.  If required by the Board he shall give
the  corporation a bond for the faithful  discharge of his duties in such amount
and with such  surety as the Board shall  prescribe.  The  Treasurer  shall also
perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Chairman of the Board
(if there is one), the President or the Board.

                                    ARTICLE V

                      Contracts, Loans, Checks and Deposits

     5.1 Contracts. The Board may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or
agents,  to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the
name of and on behalf of the  corporation.  Such  authority  may be  general  or
confined to specific instances.

     5.2 Loans. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and no
evidences of  indebtedness  shall be issued in its name unless  authorized  by a
resolution of the Board.  Such  authority may be general or confined to specific
instances.

     5.3 Checks, Drafts, etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for the


                                       9

<PAGE>


payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of
the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, or agent or agents,
of the  corporation  and in such  manner as is from time to time  determined  by
resolution of the Board.

     5.4 Deposits.  All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be
deposited  from time to time to the  credit of the  corporation  in such  banks,
trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                   Certificates for Shares and Their Transfer

     6.1 Issuance of Shares. No shares of the corporation shall be issued unless
authorized by the Board, which authorization shall include the maximum number of
shares to be issued and the consideration to be received for each share.

     6.2  Certificates  for  Shares.  Certificates  representing  shares  of the
corporation  shall be signed by the  President  and shall  include on their face
written notice of any restrictions  which may be imposed on the  transferability
of such shares.  All certificates  shall be consecutively  numbered or otherwise
identified.

     6.3 Stock Records. The stock transfer books shall be kept at the registered
office or principal place of business of the corporation or at the office of the
corporation's transfer agent or registrar. The name and address of the person to
whom the shares represented thereby are issued,  together with the class, number
of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the
corporation.  The  person  in  whose  name  shares  stand  on the  books  of the
corporation  shall be deemed by the  corporation to be the owner thereof for all
purposes.

     6.4 Restrictions on Transfer. All certificates representing the issuance of
shares of the  corporation not otherwise  registered  pursuant to a registration
statement  filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  shall bear the
following  legend  on the  face  of the  certificate  or on the  reverse  of the
certificate if the reference to the legend is contained on the face.

     The securities evidenced by this Certificate have not been registered under
the Securities Act of 1933 or any applicable  state law, and no interest therein
may be sold, distributed,  assigned,  offered,  pledged or otherwise transferred
unless  (a) there is an  effective  registration  statement  under  such Act and
applicable state  securities laws covering and such  transaction  involving said
securities or (b) this corporation  receives an opinion of legal counsel for the
holder of these securities (concurred in by legal counsel for


                                       10

<PAGE>


this  corporation)  stating that such transaction is exempt from registration or
(c) this corporation  otherwise satisfies itself that such transaction is exempt
from registration.

     6.5 Transfer of Shares.  The transfer of shares of the corporation shall be
made  only  on  the  stock  transfer  books  of  the  corporation   pursuant  to
authorization or document of transfer made by the holder of record thereof or by
his or her legal representative,  who shall furnish proper evidence of authority
to transfer,  or by his or her attorney-in-fact  authorized by power of attorney
duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the corporation.  All certificates
surrendered  to the  corporation  for  transfer  shall  be  canceled  and no new
certificate  shall be issued until the former  certificates for a like number of
shares shall have been surrendered and canceled.

     6.6 Lost or  Destroyed  Certificates.  In the case of a lost,  destroyed or
mutilated certificate,  a new certificate may be issued therefor upon such terms
and indemnity to the corporation as the Board may prescribe.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                Books and Records

     The  corporation  shall keep  correct  and  complete  books and  records of
account,  stock transfer books,  minutes of the proceedings of its  shareholders
and Board and such other records as may be necessary or advisable.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                 Accounting Year

     The accounting year of the corporation shall be the calendar year, provided
that if a different  accounting  year is at any time  selected  for  purposes of
federal income taxes, the accounting year shall be the year so selected.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                      Seal

     The seal of the corporation  shall consist of the name of the  corporation,
the state of its incorporation and the year of its incorporation.

                                    ARTICLE X

                                 Indemnification

     To the full extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of


                                       11

<PAGE>


                               [last page missing]


                                       12



                                                                   Exhibit 10.43

                              ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT (the "Assignment") is entered into as of the 15th
day of December,  1999 by and between Wade Cook Financial Corporation,  a Nevada
corporation   ("WCFC"),   and  Never  Ending  Wealth,  L.P.,  a  Nevada  limited
partnership ("NEW") (collectively, the "Parties").

                                    Recitals

     A. WCFC entered into an Open-Ended  Product  Agreement dated March 20, 1998
(the  "Product  Agreement")  with Wade B. Cook, a married  individual  ("Cook"),
pursuant to which Cook granted WCFC an exclusive license to certain intellectual
property in exchange for  royalties.  Cook assigned his rights to such royalties
to NEW.

     B. WCFC currently owes NEW royalties under the Product Agreement.

     C. Certain of WCFC's subsidiaries have assigned to WCFC all of their right,
title and  interest as holders of eight  separate  Promissory  Notes,  which are
described in Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (the
"Notes").

     D. WCFC  desires  to assign  all of its right,  title and  interest  in the
Notes, and NEW desires to accept same, as payment toward royalties due under the
Product Agreement, on the terms set forth below.

                                   Agreements

     In consideration of the foregoing recitals,  the mutual covenants set forth
below, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of
which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

     1. Assignment and Acceptance.  WCFC hereby assigns,  sets over,  transfers,
conveys, and sells to NEW all of WCFC's right, title, and interest in and to the
Notes as payment toward  royalties due under the Product  Agreement.  NEW hereby
accepts  such  assignment.  For purposes of  calculating  the amount paid toward
royalties due under the Product Agreement,  the Parties agree that the aggregate
value of the  Notes is  $786,337.67  payment  toward  royalties  of  $786,337.67
pursuant to this Assignment.

          1.1  Delivery  of Notes.  WCFC  agrees to  deliver  to NEW each of the
original Notes properly endorsed as necessary to effectively  transfer ownership
of the Notes to NEW as contemplated hereby as soon as reasonably  practicable to
do so.

     2.  Representations and Warranties.  WCFC represents and warrants that WCFC
has good and marketable title to the interests  conveyed  hereby;  that WCFC has
full and lawful  authority to assign such  interests;  and that WCFC will defend
the assignment  under this Assignment  against all persons  claiming the same or
any part thereof, and indemnify and hold


Assignment Agreement                                                 Page 1 of 2

<PAGE>


harmless NEW from and against any and all loss, expense or liability  (including
attorneys' fees and costs of court) arising from any such claim. In the event of
such a claim, upon WCFC's written request, NEW shall make available to WCFC such
original documents,  or copies thereof, as are necessary to defend such a claim,
and shall cooperate with WCFC as reasonably necessary,  at no expense to NEW, to
defend such a claim.

     3.  Indemnification.  WCFC hereby  agrees to indemnify NEW from any and all
claims, actions,  causes of action,  damages,  costs, expenses,  liabilities and
other obligations (including without limitation all attorneys' fees and costs of
court) incurred or sustained by NEW as a result of any default by WCFC under the
terms of this Assignment.

     4. Binding Effect.  This Assignment  shall inure to and be binding upon the
Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

     5.  Governing  Law. This  Assignment  shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Washington.

     6. Facsimile  Transmission.  Facsimile  transmission of any signed original
document, and retransmission of any signed facsimile transmission,  shall be the
same as  transmission  of an original.  At the request of any party hereto,  the
Parties will confirm signatures  transmitted by facsimile by signing an original
document.

     7. Counterparts.  This Assignment may be executed in counterparts,  each of
which shall be an original,  but all of which together shall  constitute one and
the same instrument.

     EXECUTED as of the date first written above.

                              WADE COOK FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                              a Nevada corporation

                              By:  /s/ [illegible]
                                  ---------------------------------------
                              Its: CFO
                                   --------------------------------------

                              NEVER ENDING WEALTH, L.P., a Nevada limited
                              partnership


                              By: /s/ Wade B. Cook
                                  ---------------------------------------

                              Its:  General Partner
                                    -------------------------------------


Assignment Agreement                                                 Page 2 of 2



                                                                   Exhibit 10.44

                           PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

                              FOR HOTEL PROPERTIES

     THIS PURCHASE AND SALE  AGREEMENT  (the  "Agreement")  is entered into this
____ day of December into by and between  Bountiful  Investment  Group,  Inc., a
Nevada  corporation  ("BIG"),  and Eagle  Rock  Finance,  L.C.,  a Utah  limited
liability  company,  a/k/a Eagle Rock,  L.C.  ("Purchaser")  (collectively,  the
"Parties").

                                    Recitals

     A. BIG owns and operates the Best Western McCarran House located at 55 East
Nugget Avenue in Sparks, Nevada (the "Best Western"), which is more particularly
described  in  Exhibit  A,  attached  hereto.  BIG  owns  100% of the  ownership
interests  in  Sparks  Lodging  Associates  Corporation,  a  Nevada  corporation
("SLAC") created to provide management services at the Best Western.

     B. BIG owns and/or  controls  100% of the  ownership  interests  in Airport
Lodging Associates, L.C., a Utah limited liability company ("ALA") that owns and
operates  the Ramada Ltd. & Suites  located at 315 N.  Admiral Byrd Road in Salt
Lake City, Utah (the "Ramada"), which property is more particularly described in
Exhibit A attached hereto.

     C. BIG owns and/or  controls  100% of the  ownership  interests in Red Rock
Lodging, L.C., the Utah limited liability company ("RRL") that owns and operates
the Four Points  Hotel by  Sheraton  located at 1450 South  Hilton  Drive in St,
George, Utah (the "Sheraton"),  which property is more particularly described in
Exhibit A attached  hereto (The Best  Western,  the Ramada and the  Sheraton are
referred to occasionally herein collectively as the "Hotels") (SLAC, ALA and RRL
are referred to occasionally  herein  collectively as the "Hotel Entities") (the
real  properties,   together  with  all  goodwill,  cash,  accounts  receivable,
appliances,  furniture,  equipment,  fixtures,  and all other  items of personal
property  located on or held or used in  connection  with the  operations or the
Hotels, are collectively referred to herein as the "Hotel Properties").

     D. Purchaser is engaged in a variety of business  endeavors,  including the
ownership and operation of hotel properties.

     E. BIG desires to sell,  and  Purchaser  desires to purchase,  all of BIG's
right,  title and  interest in the Hotel  Entities  and in the Best Western (the
"Purchased Interests") on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

                                   Agreements

     In  consideration  of the foregoing  recitals and the mutual  covenants set
forth below, the Parties agree as follows:

     1. Purchase and Sale.

          1.1  Purchase Price. BIG shall sell, and Purchaser shall purchase, the
Purchased  Interests for the agreed sum of Twelve Million Seven Hundred Thousand
and No/100ths Dollars  ($12,700,000.00)  (the "Purchase Price"),  which shall be
payable as follows:


Purchase and Sale Agreement for Hotel Properties                    Page 1 of 16


<PAGE>


               1.1.1  Nonrefundable Cash Down Payment.  The Parties  acknowledge
          that  Purchaser  already  has  delivered  a check to Title West in the
          amount of Fifty Thousand and No/l00ths Dollars  ($50,000.00)  pursuant
          to a letter of intent signed by the Parties  dated  December 13, 1999,
          which  check  constitutes  a  nonrefundable  cash down  payment on the
          Purchased  Interests.  If the amount has not already been delivered to
          BIG, that amount shall be delivered immediately, but in no event later
          than Closing, as defined in Section 4.1 below.

               1.1.2 Cash  Payment at  Closing.  Purchaser  shall pay the sum of
          Three Hundred Sixty Thousand and No/100ths  Dollars  ($360,000.00)  in
          cash, at Closing,  by certified or cashier's  check,  wire transfer or
          other form of immediately available federal Funds.

               1.1.3 Assumption of Existing Debt. Purchaser agrees to assume the
          existing general  liabilities plus the mortgage or trust (feed debt on
          each of the Hotel Properties as of the Closing Date, but not to exceed
          more than a collective  total of Nine  Million  Eight  Hundred  Ninety
          Thousand and No/100ths Dollars ($9,890,000.00). Purchaser acknowledges
          that Zion's Management & Development  Group,  Inc., a Utah corporation
          ("Zions"),  the entity that currently manages the Hotel Properties for
          BIG,  previously  had an  ownership  interest  in  each  of the  Hotel
          Properties and is listed as a borrower.  Certain of Zion's owners have
          personally  guaranteed  the  loans  on each of the  Hotel  Properties,
          Purchaser  has entered into an  agreement  with Zion's  regarding  the
          ongoing management of the Hotel Properties and all issues arising from
          or related to the debt to be assumed hereunder, Purchaser shall assume
          all  responsibility  for such debt and for  notifying  the  respective
          lenders and obtaining their approval to Purchaser's assumption of such
          debt  promptly  following  the Closing Date, as defined in Section 4.1
          below,  BIG shall have no further  obligation to Zions with respect to
          such debt following Closing.  Purchaser specifically does not agree to
          assume any other debts or  obligations  of BIG or either Hotel Entity,
          except as expressly provided herein.

               1.1.4 Promissory Note. Purchaser shall execute and deliver to BIG
          a promissory  note in the amount of Two Million Three  Hundred  Ninety
          Thousand and No/100ths Dollars ($2,390,000.00) (the "Note"), provided,
          however, that the principal amount of the Note shall be reduced by any
          amount by which the  aggregate  actual debt  amount  exceeds the fixed
          amount set forth in Section  1.1.3  above.  The Note shall be interest
          free for the first 180 (lays following Closing.  Thereafter,  the Note
          will  bear  interest  at the Tate of  seven  percent  (7%) per  annum.
          Purchaser shall pay BIG a principal  reduction  payment of Two Hundred
          Thousand and  No/100ths  Dollars  ($200,000.00)  on or before the date
          that is 180 days following Closing.  Thereafter,  Purchaser shall make
          monthly  interest  only  payments to BIG on or before the first day of
          each month  commencing  on August 1, 2000,  for a period of 30 months.
          The entire outstanding  principal balance of the Note shall be due and
          payable on or before January 1, 2003; provided, however that Purchaser
          shall have the option, upon payment to BIG of the Sum of Five Thousand
          and  No/100ths  Dollars  ($5,000.00),  to convert the Note into a note
          that will bc  amortized  over 240  months  at the rate of ton  percent
          (10%)  per  annum,  which  note  also  shall  have a call  that may be
          exercised  by BIG at any time after the first 36 months  upon 60 days'
          written notice from BIG of its intent to do so.


Purchase and Sale Agreement for Hotel Properties                    Page 2 of 16


<PAGE>


               1.1.5  Fairfield  Inn  Payment.  In  addition  to the  foregoing,
          Purchaser  also  agrees to pay to BIG,  at  Closing,  the sum of Three
          Hundred Ninety Thousand and No/100ths Dollars ($390,000.00),  in cash,
          via certified or cashier's check, wire transfer,  or other immediately
          available federal funds. This cash payment will constitute  payment in
          full of a promissory  note  executed and  delivered by Zions to BIG as
          part of the  payment  for  Zion's  purchase  of  BIG's  49%  ownership
          interest  in the  entity  that owns and  operates  the  Fairfield  Inn
          located in Provo, Utah. Purchaser represents that Purchaser and Zion's
          already have entered into an agreement pursuant to which Zion's agreed
          to assign the 49% ownership interest acquired from BIG to Purchaser in
          exchange  for  Purchaser's  promise to pay the  outstanding  amount of
          Zion's  promissory note to BIG as set forth in this Section 1.1.5. BIG
          shall  have no  further  rights and  interests  in that  entity or the
          Fairfield Inn or any further obligations related thereto.

               1.1.6 Allocation of Purchase Price. The Parties agree to allocate
          the  Purchase  Price as  specifically  set forth below in this Section
          1.1.6. The Parties further agree that they will prepare and file their
          federal and any state or local  income or other tax  returns  based on
          such  allocations,  and that the they will  prepare and file any other
          notices or filings its may be required by any federal,  state or local
          agency based on such allocations.



Hotel Property      Real Property       All Other Property         Total

Best Western        $4,950,000.00       $950,000.00                $5,900,000.00
The Sheraton        $3,550,000.00       $650,000.00                $4,200,000.00
The Ramada          $2,200,000.00       $400,000.00                $2,600,000.00

     2. Security Interest.

          2.1  Grant  of  Security   Interest;   Perfection.   As  security  for
Purchaser's  obligations set forth in the Note, and all renewals,  modifications
and extensions  thereof,  if any, BIG shall have, and Purchaser hereby grants, a
first-priority  security interest in interests in the Hotel Entities acquired by
Purchaser  hereunder,  and a  second  priority  security  interest  in the  Best
Western,  which  shall  be  subordinate  only to the  existing  debt on the Best
Western  (collectively,  the  "Collateral").  Purchaser  agrees to  execute  and
deliver such  documents as BIG may request to formally  document,  perfect,  and
maintain the security  interests granted hereby,  including,  but not limited to
UCC-l Financing Statements,  Pledge Agreements,  Security Agreements, and a Deed
or Trust (collectively, the "Security Documents"). BIG may file or record in the
appropriate  public offices any and all Such documents  required or permitted by
law to be filed or recorded  with respect to BIG's  interest in the  Collateral,
only if (a) BIG  gives  Purchaser  not less  than 20 days'  prior  notice of its
intent  to take any such  action,  and (b) doing so does not in any way cause or
possibly cause a violation of or an  acceleration  of any financing or loan with
respect  to  any  of the  Hotel  Properties,  Purchaser  agrees  to  pay  before
delinquency any tax or other governmental charge which is or can become, through
assessment or distraint or otherwise,  a lien on the Collateral,  and to pay any
tax which may be levied on any obligation secured hereby.

          2.2  Control of  Collateral.  Purchaser  shall not  voluntarily  sell,
transfer,  assign,  pledge, or otherwise  transfer any part of the Collateral or
collect  any  distributions  from the Hotel  Entities  and/of the Best  Western,
except with the prior written consent of BIG or as follows:


Purchase and Sale Agreement for Hotel Properties                    Page 3 of 16


<PAGE>


               2.2.1  Purchaser may sell the Collateral  provided that the sales
          price is sufficient to pay the principal  amount of the Note described
          in Section 1.1.4 above or the proportionate share thereof if only part
          of the  Collateral  is  sold,  and  the  sales  proceeds  are  used by
          Purchaser  to pay the  proportionate  share of the Note in  accordance
          with the allocations set forth in Section 1.1.6 above; provided,  that
          any such payments shall first be applied to the amount due and payable
          on the date that is 180 days following tile Closing Date.

               2.2.2 Purchaser is authorized to collect  distributions from, the
          Hotel  Entities  and/or  the Best  Western at all times  during  which
          Purchaser  is current in meeting  its  obligations  under tile Note or
          until  such  time  as  Purchaser's  authority  to do so is  terminated
          pursuant to this Agreement.

               2.2.3 In the event of  default  by  Purchaser  in payment of tile
          Note, BIG shall have the right to notify Purchaser to cease collecting
          distributions  from  the  Hotel  Entities  and/or  the  Best  Western,
          whereupon BIG may proceed to  co-license  such  distributions  and may
          deduct therefrom the reasonable expenses of collection.

               2.2.4 Any sum received by BIG from the Hotel Entities  and/or the
          Best  Western  shall be applied as BIG shall elect to the  obligations
          secured by this  Agreement  or as may be due under the Note and/or the
          Security Documents.

          2.3 Accounting and Inspection of Books.  Purchaser  agrees to maintain
full and accurate records,  including books of account,  covering the Collateral
and to permit BIG or its duly authorized  representative  to examine such of the
books and records as related to the  Collateral at all  reasonable  times during
business hours with ten days advance notice from BIG.

          2.4  Notice  to the  Hotel  Entities  and/or  the Best  Western.  Upon
termination of  Purchaser's  authority to collect  distributions  from the Hotel
Entities and/or the Best Western,  pursuant to this Agreement, BIG is authorized
to notify the Hotel Entities and/or the Best Western to effect direct collection
of any  distributions  from the Hotel Entities  and/or the Best Western that are
attributable  to the  Collateral.  At the  request of BIG,  Purchaser  agrees to
execute an  appropriate  notice to the Hotel  Entities  and the Best  Western of
BIG's right to collect such distributions therefrom as provided herein.

          2.5  Default.   Occurrence  of  any  of  the  following  events  shall
constitute a default by Purchaser under this Agreement.

               2.5.1 Any  failure to pay when due the full  principal  amount of
          the Note, or other charge which is or may be secured  hereby or by the
          Security Documents.

               2.5.2 The  falsity  of any  representation  of  warranty  made by
          Purchaser herein or in the Security Documents.

               2.5.3 If the Collateral  should be seized of levied upon or under
          any legal or  governmental  process  against  Purchaser or against the
          Collateral.

               2.5.4 If  Purchaser  becomes  insolvent  or is the  subject  of a
          petition in bankruptcy,  either  voluntary or  involuntary,  or in any
          other proceedings under the federal


Purchase and Sale Agreement for Hotel Properties                    Page 4 of 16


<PAGE>


          bankruptcy  laws; or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;
          or if Purchaser is named in or the  Collateral  is subjected to a suit
          for the appointment of a receiver.

               2.5.5 Dissolution or Liquidation of Purchaser.

Upon any such  event  of  default,  BIG may give  written  notice  to  Purchaser
thereof.  If such default is not cured  within  thirty (30) days from receipt of
such notice by Purchaser, all obligations and indebtedness secured hereby shall,
at the option of BIG, become immediately due and payable, and BIG shall have the
right  to  pursue  any  remedies  to which it may be  entitled  pursuant  to the
Security Documents.

     3.  Condition of Title.  Title to the Purchased  Interests is to be free of
all encumbrances or defects other than the existing  security  interests granted
to the  lenders,  and  such  other  circumstances  as do not  materially  affect
Purchaser's ability to own and operate the Hotel Properties.

          3.1 Title Insurance.  BIG shall, at BIG's cost and expense,  order and
deliver to Purchaser preliminary  commitments for an Owners Standard Policies of
Title Insurance, in the amounts set forth in the allocations for real estate for
each of the respective  Hotel  Properties as set forth in Section 1.1.6 above to
be  issued  by  First  American  Title  in Reno,  Nevada  for the Best  Western,
Sutherland  Title in Salt Lake  City,  Utah for the Ramada  property,  and First
Title in St. George, Utah for the Sheraton property, respectively (collectively,
the "Title  Companies")  describing  the state of title of the Hotel  Properties
(the "Title Reports").  The Parties authorize the Escrow Agent to correct and/or
insert  the legal  descriptions  to the Hotel  Properties  on Exhibit A attached
hereto at Closing,  if necessary,  based on the legal descriptions issued in the
Title  Reports.  The Title Reports shall contain no exceptions  other than those
encumbrances  of record which were of record when BIG and/or tile Hotel Entities
acquired the Hotel Properties and that do not materially affect the value of the
Hotel  Properties or unduly  interfere with  Purchaser's  ability to operate the
Hotel  Properties as hotels.  Encumbrances  to be paid by BIG may be paid out of
the  Purchase  Price  received at Closing.  If title cannot be made so insurable
prior to the Closing Date,  Purchaser may, at Purchaser's sole option, waive any
and all such  remaining  encumbrances  and  defects  and elect to  purchase  the
Purchased Interests subject to such encumbrances and defects and pursuant to the
terms and conditions of this  Agreement or may terminate this Agreement  without
,any further liability or obligation to BIG hereunder,  in which event Purchaser
shall  receive full refund of the  nonrefundable  deposit,  notwithstanding  the
nonrefundable nature thereof.

     4. Closing.

          4.1  Closing  Date.  This sale shall be closed in the offices of Hill,
Johnson & Schmutz located at 3319 North University  Avenue,  Suite # 200, Provo,
Utah 84604  ("Escrow  Agent") on or before 12:00 noon Mountain  Standard Time on
December 31, 1999 (the "Closing  Date").  Closing shall mean the consummation of
the  transaction  contemplated  by  this  Agreement  by  the  recording  of  all
instruments requiring recording,  the rendering of all performances necessary to
the consummation of the purchase and sale contemplated  hereby, and the delivery
of other documents and proceeds to the parties entitled thereto (the "Closing").

          4.2 Closing Costs. At Closing, BIG shall pay (a) one-half (1/2) of the
escrow fee;  (b) any real estate  excise or transfer  taxes;  (c) any revenue or
documentary  stamps; (d) the premium for the policy of title insurance described
in Section 3 above; (e) recording and


Purchase and Sale Agreement for Hotel Properties                    Page 5 of 16


<PAGE>


miscellaneous   charges   customarily   attributable   to   sellers  in  similar
transactions;  and (f) all  attorneys'  fees  then  owed by BIG to its  counsel,
whether   incurred  in  negotiating  this  Agreement  and  in  consummating  the
transaction  contemplated  herein. At Closing,  Purchaser shall pay (a) one-half
(1/2) of the escrow fee; (b) recording  and  miscellaneous  charges  customarily
attributable to purchasers in similar transactions;  and (c) all attorneys' fees
incurred  by  Purchaser  to its counsel in  negotiating  this  Agreement  and in
consummating the transaction contemplated herein.

          4.3  Prorations   for  Rest  Western.   Taxes  for  the  current  year
constituting  liens for Or against the Best Western,  shall be prorated  between
Purchaser and BIG as of the Closing Date.

          4.4 Transfer and Closing Documents. At Closing, BIG shall transfer and
convey  all of  BIG's  right,  title  and  interest  in the  Hotel  Entities  to
Purchaser,  and  Purchaser  shall  assume  all of tile  mortgage  or trust  deed
obligations  which  encumber  the Hotel  Properties  and become the owner of the
Hotel Entities, pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially
in the form attached  hereto as Exhibit B. At Closing,  BIG also shall  transfer
and convey all of its right,  title and  interest in all  contracts,  leases and
agreements  used in the  ownership  and/or  operation of the Best  Western,  and
Purchaser shall assume same, pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption  Agreement
for the Best Western's  Contracts,  Leases and Agreements  substantially  in the
form attached hereto as Exhibit D. BIG shall execute and deliver (a) a statutory
Warranty Deed to McCarran Lodging,  LLC, a Utah limited liability company formed
by  Purchaser  to hold  and  accept  the Best  Western,  pursuant  to which  BIG
transfers  and conveys all of its right,  title and  interest in and to the Best
Western to McCarran  Lodging LLC, (b) statutory  Quit Claim Deed,;  for the real
properties of the Hotel Entities;  (c) assignments of limited  liability company
interests for the Hotel Entities (in the form attached  hereto as Exhibit B) and
of contracts,  leases and  agreements for the Best Western (in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit D); and (d) a Bill of Sale for the personal  Properties of the
Best  Western (in the form  attached  hereto as Exhibit E). The Parties  further
shall  execute and deliver to the Escrow Agent or to the other,  as the case may
be, such other  documents  as may be  necessary to  consummate  the  transaction
contemplated hereby.

     5. Possession.  BIG shall deliver possession of the Purchased  Interests to
Purchaser on the Closing Date, provided,  however, that Purchaser shall have the
right to enter upon the Hotel  Properties for completion of any studies or tasks
that Purchaser may wish to perform prior to the Closing Date,

     6.  Purchaser's  Representations  and  Warranties.   Purchaser  represents,
warrants,  and  agrees as of the date of this  Agreement  and as of  Closing  as
follows:

          6.1 Authority. Purchaser is a limited liability company duly organized
and existing under the laws of the State of Utah and has the power and authority
to enter into this Agreement and all documents  contemplated  by this Agreement,
to consummate the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,  and to perform
its  obligations  to be  performed  by it under  this  Agreement  and  under all
documents contemplated by this Agreement.

          6.2 Approval; Enforceability. The execution, delivery, and performance
of  this  Agreement and all documents  contemplated  by this Agreement have been
duly  authorized  by all  necessary  company  action.  This  Agreement  and  all
documents  contemplated  by this  Agreement,  when  executed  and  delivered  by
Purchaser,  will be valid and enforceable obligations of Purchaser in accordance
with their respective terms.


Purchase and Sale Agreement for Hotel Properties                    Page 6 of 16


<PAGE>


          6.3 No  Violation.  Purchaser's  execution  and  performance  of  this
Agreement  and  compliance  with  [lie  provisions  of this  Agreement  will not
constitute a violation by Purchaser of any  provision of law, of its Articles of
Organization,  any amendments thereto, or any indenture, mortgage, agreement, or
other  instrument  to which  Purchaser  is a party or by  Purchaser  is bound or
affected.

          6.4 No Reliance.  Purchaser  has made its own  inspection  of the Best
Western and [lie Hotel Entities, and his own investigation and evaluation of the
Purchased Interests, In entering this Agreement, Purchaser is not relying on any
representations  or statements  made by BIG  regarding  the Purchased  Interests
other than those expressly set forth herein. Purchaser has had an opportunity to
review  financial  records,  and all other  relevant  documents and  information
related to the Purchased Interests that would be material in determining whether
to purchase the Purchased Interests pursuant to this Agreement.

     7. BIG's  Representations  and Warranties.  BIG represents,  warrants,  and
agrees as of the date of this Agreement and as of Closing:

          7.1 Authority.  BIG is a corporation duly organized and existing under
the laws of the State of Nevada  and has the power and  authority  to enter into
this Agreement and all documents  contemplated by this Agreement,  to consummate
the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement, and to perform the obligations
to be performed by it under this Agreement and under all documents  contemplated
by this Agreement.

          7.2 Approval; Enforceability. The execution, delivery, and performance
of this  Agreement and all documents  contemplated  by this  Agreement have been
duly  authorized  by all  necessary  corporate  action.  This  Agreement and all
documents  contemplated by this  Agreement,  when executed and delivered by BIG,
will be valid  and  enforceable  obligations  of BIG in  accordance  with  their
respective terms.

          7.3 No Violation.  BIG's  execution and  performance of this Agreement
and  compliance  with the  provisions of this  Agreement  will not constitute a,
violation by BIG of any provision of law, BIG's Articles of Incorporation, BIG's
Bylaws, or any indenture,  mortgage, agreement, or other instrument to which BIG
is a party or by which BIG is bound or affected.

          7.4 The Hotel Properties.  BIG represents and warrants to Purchaser as
follows: (a) BIG has good and marketable title to the Best Western and its Hotel
Properties,  and the Hotel  Entities,  and each Hotel Entity owns its respective
Hotel Properties,  free and clear of all liens and encumbrances other than those
allowed  under  Section 3 above and free and clear of all third party  claims of
ownership (its to the Hotel Properties or the Hotel Entities), including without
limitation  Zions  Management &  Development  Company,  Inc.;  Glen A.  Overton,
Investment  Lodging  Corporation;  THH  Ventures,  L.C.;  and East  Bay  Lodging
Associated,  Ltd.; (b) there are no  outstanding  unrecorded  leases,  licenses,
permits,  contracts or agreements to which BIG or either Hotel Entity is a party
affecting the Hotel Properties other than those disclosed herein or in Exhibit C
attached hereto,  or those assigned  hereunder;  (c) BIG has disclosed all known
defects, faults or other material facts regarding the Hotel Properties;  (d) the
Hotel  Properties  have  been  maintained  in  substantial  compliance  with all
federal,  state and local environmental  protection,  similar laws,  ordinances,
restrictions,  and  licenses;  (e) except as has been  previously  disclosed  to
Purchaser  regarding the filling  station located on the separate parcel next to
the Sheraton, which is to be


Purchase and Sale Agreement for Hotel Properties                    Page 7 of 16


<PAGE>


acquired as part of the Hotel  Properties,  to the best of BIG's  knowledge,  no
hazardous  substance  (as that term is used in the  Comprehensive  Environmental
Response,  Compensation  and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C.  ""9601 et seq.) is or has
been stored or disposed of on any of the Hotel Properties; (f) BIG has no notice
of any pending or threatened action,  claim or proceeding under any condemnation
laws, under any bankruptcy laws, or under any environmental  laws arising out of
the condition of the Hotel  Properties or conditions  thereon;  and (g) from the
date of this  Agreement  until the  Closing  Date,  BIG  agrees  not to make any
material  adverse change to the Hotel  Properties,  or to enter any contracts or
undertake  any  obligations  that would affect the Hotel  Properties  that would
remain unpaid or continue after the Closing Date.

          7.5 Limitation of Warranties.  EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH
HEREIN,  NEITHER  BIG NOR ANY  AGENT,  REPRESENTATIVE,  OR  EMPLOYEE  OF BIG HAS
HERETOFORE  OR IS NOW  MAKING  ANY  REPRESENTATIONS  OR  WARRANTIES  OF ANY KIND
WHATSOEVER RELATED TO THE PHYSICAL CONDITION OF THE HOTEL PROPERTIES.  PURCHASER
IS  ACQUIRING  THE HOTEL  PROPERTIES  "AS IS" AND "WITH ALL  FAULTS,"  INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION THE STABILITY OF THE SOILS,  SUITABILITY FOR ANY CONSTRUCTION
OR  DEVELOPMENT,   ENCROACHMENT  OR  BOUNDARY   QUESTIONS,   DRAINAGE,   ZONING,
AVAILABILITY OF UTILITIES,  ACCESS, AND SIMILAR MATTERS. PURCHASER IS CONDUCTING
ITS OWN  INSPECTIONS  AND "DUE DILIGENCE" WITH RESPECT TO ALL PHYSICAL AND OTHER
ASPECTS OF THE HOTEL PROPERTIES.  BIG SHALL ALLOW PURCHASER REASONABLE ACCESS TO
BIG'S BOOKS,  RECORDS,  AND THE HOTEL PROPERTIES TO ENABLE PURCHASER TO COMPLETE
SUCH  INSPECTIONS.  PURCHASER  SHALL  BE  RESPONSIBLE  FOR  ALL  COSTS  OF  SUCH
INSPECTIONS AND STUDIES.

     8. Conditions.  Purchaser's  obligation to purchase the Purchased Interests
is subject to the following conditions:

          8.1 Good Standing with Franchisors. Each of the Hotel Properties shall
be in good standing with its respective franchisor (for purposes of this Section
8.1, "good standing" means that BIG has paid all fees required to be paid by the
Franchisor and has met all other obligations and has responded satisfactorily to
all notices and demands arising under any franchise  agreement  affecting any of
the Hotel Properties;  provided, however, that Purchaser acknowledges and agrees
that the Best  Western's  franchisor  has required  renovations in the amount of
approximately  ($800,000,00)  to bring that property into good  standing,  which
amount Purchaser has agreed, and is prepared to pay. Purchaser acknowledges that
the  franchiser  has set a deadline of  December  31,  1999 for  completing  the
renovations  or  making  appropriate  arrangements  for  doing so in a  timeline
acceptable to (lie franchiser.  If appropriate arrangements are not made by that
time,  franchisor  has  threatened to remove the Best Western from  franchisor's
reservation  system.  Purchaser  assumes  the  responsibility  of  working  with
franchisor  to  insure  that  such  arrangements  arc made  and the  renovations
completed, at Purchaser's sole cost and expense, so that the Best Western is not
removed from franchiser's  reservation  system.  Any amounts owed to satisfy any
obligations necessary to bring the Hotel Properties in good standing, except for
the amounts  necessary to complete the renovations  required at the Best Western
as described  above,  shall be paid by  Purchaser  at or -is soon as  reasonably
practicable  after Closing,  but shall reduce the principal  amount of the Note,
and shall be taken first from the  principal  payment to be made by Purchaser to
BIG on or before the date that is 180 days following Closing.


Purchase and Sale Agreement for Hotel Properties                    Page 8 of 16


<PAGE>


          8.2 Engagement of Zions Management.  Purchaser shall have entered into
an  agreement  with Zions,  on terms and  conditions  acceptable  to  Purchaser,
pursuant to which Zions agrees to continue to manage the Hotel Properties,

          8.3 Closing Before Year End. The transaction contemplated hereby shall
have closed before 11:59 p.m. on December 31, 1999.

          8.4  Payment of Debt  Service  and  Mortgage  Payments.  All  mortgage
payments and other debt service  installment  payments for the Hotel  Properties
(owing or accrued as of December 31, 1999) shall have been paid current  through
December 31, 1999. Any such amounts owing may be withheld from the cash payments
to be made to BIG at Closing. If any such amounts are not withheld at Closing or
not paid by BIG immediately thereafter, the same shall be paid by Purchaser, and
shall reduce the principal amount of the Note, and shall be taken first from the
principal  payment to be made by  Purchaser to BIG on or before the date that is
180 days following Closing.

          8.5 Taxes and Franchise Fees. All taxes, including without limitation,
payroll,  property,  use and sales taxes  (owing or accrued as of  December  31,
1999),  shall be paid current through December 31, 1999. In addition,  all fees,
payments,  obligations,  and  performances  (owing or accrued as of December 31,
1999) under any franchise  agreement affecting any of the Hotel Properties shall
be current or fulfilled in full through  December 31, 1999. Any amounts required
to bring such taxes, fees, payments,  obligations and performances current shall
be paid by Purchaser at or as soon as reasonably  practicable after Closing, but
shall reduce the principal  amount,  of the Note,  and shall be taken first from
the principal  payment to be made by Purchaser to BIG on or before the date that
is 180 days following Closing.

     9. Damage,  Destruction,  and Condemnation.  In the event of the partial or
total damage,  destruction, or condemnation of the Hotel Properties prior to the
Closing Date, at  Purchaser's  option,  Purchaser may consummate the purchase of
the Purchased  Interests or terminate  this  Agreement by written notice to BIG.
Purchaser's  election  under this section  shall be exercised by giving  written
notice to BIG of its intent to do so. In the event Purchaser elects to terminate
this Agreement,  Purchaser  shall pay any title and escrow charges,  and neither
party  shall  have any  further  rights or  obligations  under  this  Agreement.
Purchaser shall receive full refund of the non-refundable  deposit. If Purchaser
elects to proceed with the purchase of the Property hereunder,  all insurance or
condemnation  proceeds shall be paid over to Purchaser (or assigned,  if not yet
collected).  If the insurance or  condemnation  proceeds are not yet determined,
Purchaser  shall receive a credit at Closing  against the Purchase  Price in the
amount of the loss of value of the damaged,  destroyed, or condemned portion, as
agreed  upon by  Purchaser  and BIG,  and BIG  shall  retain  all  insurance  or
condemnation proceeds.  Except as otherwise elected by Purchaser hereunder,  the
risk of loss prior to Closing rusts with BIG.

     10. Remedies.

          10.1 Failure to Close.  If,  without  breach by BIG or Purchaser,  the
conditions  to Closing are not and cannot be  eliminated,  satisfied,  or waived
within the time limits set forth herein,  either party may either  withdraw from
and terminate  this  Agreement or waive the  condition or portion  thereof which
cannot be satisfied  mid proceed with Closing.  If  terminated,  this  Agreement
shall be deemed null and void, the  non-refundable  deposit shall be returned to
Purchaser, and the escrow to be established hereunder shall be cancelled.


Purchase and Sale Agreement for Hotel Properties                    Page 9 of 16


<PAGE>


          10.2  Seller's  Breach.  If BIG breaches  this  Agreement and fails to
close the sale  contemplated  hereby  through no fault of  Purchaser,  Purchaser
shall be entitled,  at Purchaser's  election (a) to terminate its obligations to
perform  further under this  Agreement  and recover any and all damages;  (b) to
seek  specific  performance  of this  Agreement;  and (c) to pursue  any and all
remedies in addition to or by way of alternative  to the foregoing  available at
law or in equity.  The  non-refundable  deposit  shall be refunded to  Purchaser
immediately upon demand,

          10.3  Purchaser's  Breach.  If Purchaser  breaches this  Agreement and
fails to close the  purchase  contemplated  hereby  through no fault of BIG, BIG
shall be  entitled  to  receive  the  nonrefundable  deposit  and  retain  it as
liquidated  damages  and not as a penalty as its sole and  exclusive  remedy for
such breach.

     11. Indemnification.

          11.1 Indemnification by Purchaser.  Purchaser shall indemnify, defend,
and hold BIG  harmless  from any and all loss,  liability,  damage,  and expense
whatsoever  (including  attorneys'  fees,  expenses of litigation,  and costs of
appeal)  arising  (i)  out of  Purchaser's  and/or  each of the  Hotel  Entities
ownership or use of the Hotel Properties after the Closing Date;  and/or (ii) as
a result of any material  inaccuracy of any representation or material breach of
any  warranty  or  covenant  of  Purchaser  contained  in  this  Agreement,  any
certificate or other instrument  furnished or to be furnished,  and/or any other
agreement to be executed Pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement.

          11.2 Indemnification by Seller. BIG shall indemnify,  defend, and hold
Purchaser  harmless  from  any and all  loss,  liability,  damage,  and  expense
whatsoever  (including  attorneys' fees,  expenses of litigation,  anti costs of
appeal)  arising (i) out of BIG's  and/or each of the Hotel  Entities  ownership
interest in or use of the Hotel  Properties  prior to the Closing Date; (ii) out
of any  breach  of the  specific  warranties  set  forth in  Section  7.4  above
(including  without  limitation  the failure of BIG and/or the Hotel Entities to
have good and marketable  title to all of the Hotel  Proper-ties);  (iii) out or
any  failure of the  conditions  set forth in  Sections  8.1,  8.4 and 8.5 above
(assuming Purchaser proceeds to Closing  notwithstanding  such failure),  and/or
(iv) as a result of any material  inaccuracy of any  representation  or material
breach of any other warranty or covenant of BIG contained in this Agreement, any
certificate or other instrument  furnished or to be furnished,  and/or any other
agreement to be executed pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement.

          11.3  Procedures  for  Indemnification.  The following  procedures and
requirements  shall apply with  respect to any actual or  potential  claim,  any
written demand,  the commencement of any action,  or the occurrence of any other
event which involves any matter or related series of matters (a "Claim") against
which either party is entitled to indemnification (the "Indemnified Party") from
the other party (the "Indemnifying Party") under Section 11.1 or 11.2 above.

               11.3.1  Promptly  after  the  Indemnified  Party  first  receives
     written  documents  pertaining  to the  Claim,  or if such  Claim  does not
     involve a third party Claim, promptly after the Indemnified Party first has
     actual knowledge of such Claim, the Indemnified  Party shall give notice to
     the Indemnifying  Party of such Claim in reasonable  detail and stating the
     amount  involved,  if  known,  together  with  copies  of any such  written
     documents.  The  Indemnifying  Party  shall have 10 days from the  personal
     delivery or mailing of the Claim


Purchase and Sale Agreement for Hotel Properties                   Page 10 of 16


<PAGE>


     notice (the "Notice Period") to notify the Indemnified Party (i) whether or
     not it disputes  its  liability to the  Indemnified  Party  hereunder  with
     respect to such Claim, and (ii)  notwithstanding any such dispute,  whether
     or not it desires,  at its sole cost and expense, to defend the Indemnified
     Party against such Claim.

               11.3.2 If the  Indemnifying  Party  disputes its  liability  with
     respect  to  such,  Claim  or  the  amount  thereof  (whether  or  not  the
     Indemnifying  Party  desires to defend the  Indemnified  Party against such
     Claim as provided below), such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with
     Section  11.3.7  below.  Pending  the  resolution  of  any  dispute  by the
     Indemnifying  Party of its  liability  with respect to any Claim,  any such
     third-party Claim shall not be settled without the prior written consent of
     the Indemnified Party.

               11.3.3 If the Indemnified Party desires to defend the Indemnified
     Patty against the Claim,  then the  Indemnifying  Party - upon first paying
     into court or independent  escrow a cash sum equal to fifty percent (50.0%)
     of the amount in dispute  during the Notice  Period - shall have the right,
     at its sole cost, expense and ultimate liability regardless of the outcome,
     and through counsel of its choice, to litigate, defend, settle or otherwise
     attempt  to  resolve  such  Claim.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   the
     Indemnified  Party  may  nevertheless   elect,  at  any  time  and  at  the
     Indemnified Party's sole cost, expense and ultimate  liability,  regardless
     or the outcome,  and through  counsel of its choice,  to litigate,  defend,
     settle or otherwise attempt to resolve such Claim. If the Indemnified Party
     so elects  (for  reasons  other than the  Indemnifying  Party's  failure or
     refusal to provide a defense to such Claim),  then the  Indemnifying  Party
     shall have no obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party with respect to
     such  Claim;  provided,  however,  any  such  disposition  will be  without
     prejudice   to  any  other  right  the   Indemnified   Party  may  have  to
     indemnification under Section 11.1 or 11.2 above, regardless of the outcome
     of such Claim.  In any event,  Purchaser and BIG shall fully cooperate with
     each  other  and  their  respective  counsel  in  connection  with any such
     litigation, defense, settlement or other attempted resolution.

               11.3.4  If  the  Indemnifying  Party  elects  not to  defend  the
     Indemnified Party against such Claim, whether by not giving the Indemnified
     Party timely notice as provided above or otherwise,  then the amount of any
     such Claim or, if the same be defended by the Indemnifying Party, then that
     portion  thereof as to which such  defense is  unsuccessful,  in each case,
     shall be conclusively  deemed to be a liability of the  Indemnifying  Party
     hereunder,  unless the Indemnifying Party shall have disputed its liability
     to the  Indemnified  Party hereunder as provided above, in which event such
     dispute shall be resolved as provided in Section 11.3.7 below.

               11.3.5  If  an   Indemnified   Patty  has  a  Claim  against  the
     Indemnifying  Party  hereunder that does not involve a Claim being asserted
     against or sought to be collected from it by a third party, the Indemnified
     Party  shall  promptly  send a notice  with  respect  to Such  Claim to the
     Indemnifying  Party. If the Indemnifying  Party disputes its liability with
     respect to such Claim,  such dispute shall be resolved in  accordance  with
     Section 11.3.7 below;  provided,  however,  that if the Indemnifying  Party
     does not notify the  Indemnified  Party  within the Notice  Period  that it
     disputes such Claim, the amount of such Claim shall be conclusively  deemed
     a liability of the Indemnifying Party hereunder.

               11.3.6   Upon   tile   determination   of   the   liability   for
     indemnification as provided herein, the Indemnifying Party shall pay to the
     Indemnified Party within 15 days


Purchase and Sale Agreement for Hotel Properties                   Page 11 of 16


<PAGE>


     after such determination the amount of any claim for  indemnification  made
     hereunder. If the Indemnified Party is not paid in full and on time for any
     such claim, it shall have the right,  notwithstanding any other rights that
     it may have against any other person or  corporation,  to setoff the unpaid
     amount  of any  such  Claim  against  any  amounts  owed by it  under  this
     Agreement,  any  promissory  note,  or any other  agreements  entered  into
     pursuant to this Agreement.  Where Purchaser is the Indemnified  Party, the
     amount of any such offset  shall reduce the  principal  amount of the Note,
     and shall be taken first from the principal payment to be made by Purchaser
     to BIG on or before the date that is 180 days following  Closing.  Upon the
     payment in full of any  claim,  either by setoff or  otherwise,  the entity
     making payment shall be subrogated to the rights of the  Indemnified  Party
     against any person,  firm or corporation with respect to the subject matter
     of such Claim.

               11.3.7 All disputes under this Section l1.3  regarding  liability
     for indemnification  shall be settled by arbitration in Provo, Utah, before
     a single  arbitrator  pursuant  to the  rules of the  American  Arbitration
     Association.  Arbitration  may be commenced at any time by any Party hereto
     giving  written  notice to each other Party to a dispute  that such dispute
     has been referred to arbitration under this Section 11.3.7.  The arbitrator
     shall be selected by the joint  agreement of BIG and Purchaser but, if they
     do not agree within 20 days after the date of the notice referred to above,
     the  selection  shall be made  pursuant  to the  rules  from the  panels of
     arbitrators  maintained  by such  Association.  Any award  rendered  by the
     arbitrator  shall  be  conclusive  and  binding  upon the  parties  hereto;
     provided,  however  that any such award shall be  accompanied  by a written
     opinion of the arbitrator  giving the reasons for the award. This provision
     for arbitration shall be specifically  enforceable by the Parties,  and the
     decision  of the  arbitrator  in  accordance  herewith  shall be final  and
     binding and there shall be no right to appeal  therefrom.  Each Parry shall
     pay its own  expenses of  arbitration  and the  expenses of the  arbitrator
     shall be equally shared;  provided,  however, that if in the opinion of the
     arbitrator  any claim  for  indemnification  or any  defense  or  objection
     thereto was unreasonable,  the arbitrator may assess, as part of his award,
     all or any part of the arbitration  expenses of the other party  (including
     reasonable  attorneys' fees and fees of the  arbitrator)  against the party
     raising such unreasonable claim, defense or objection. Nothing contained in
     this Section  11.3.7 shall prevent the Parties from settling any dispute by
     mutual agreement at any time,

               11.3.8  The  indemnification  rights of the  Parties  under  this
     Section 11.3 are independent of and in addition to such rights and remedies
     as  the  parties  may  have  at law  or in  equity  or  otherwise  for  any
     misrepresentation,  breach of warranty or failure to fulfill any  agreement
     or covenant  hereunder on the part of any party hereto  including,  without
     limitation,   the  right  to  seek  specific  performance,   rescission  or
     restitution,  none of  which  rights  or  remedies  shall  be  affected  or
     diminished hereby.

     12. General Provision.

          12.1 Survival of  Representations.  The  representations,  warranties,
indemnities,  and  agreements  contained  in this  Agreement  shall  survive the
execution of this Agreement and the transfers Contemplated by this Agreement.

          12.2 Binding Effect; Assignment.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of the Parties,  and their  respective  Successors  and
assigns, provided that no party


Purchase and Sale Agreement for Hotel Properties                   Page 12 of 16


<PAGE>


to this Agreement  shall assign any of such party's rights or obligations  under
this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

          12.3 Entire  Agreement.  This instrument,  together with its exhibits,
contains the entire  agreement of the Parties and the other  signatories  hereto
with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,  supersedes any
and all  prior  agreements  or  understandings,  written  or oral,  between  the
Parties,  including  the letter of intent,  with  respect to the subject  matter
hereof,  and may not be  modified  or  amended  in any way  except  in a written
instrument signed by the Parties.

          12.4 Notices. All notices to be given under this Agreement shall be in
writing and shall be personally  delivered or mailed by certified  mail,  return
receipt requested, postage prepaid, as follows:

                If to BIG:              Bountiful Investment Group, Inc,
                                        14675 Interurban Avenue South
                                        Seattle, WA  98169
                                        Attention: Pam Andersen

                With a copy to:         Kirt W. Montague
                                        Vance, Romcro & Montague, P.S.
                                        155 - 108th Avenue N.E., Suite 202
                                        Bellevue, Washington 98004

                If to Purchaser:        Eagle Rock Finance, L.C.
                                        2500 North University Avenue, #200
                                        Provo, Utah  84604
                                        Attention: Eric K. Thompson

                With a copy to:         F. McKay Johnson
                                        Hill Johnson & Schmutz
                                        3319 North University Avenue, #200
                                        Provo, UT  84803

or to such other  address as either  party  shall  specify by written  notice so
given to the other party,  Each notice  personally  delivered shall be deemed to
have been given as of the date so delivered.  Each notice mailed shall be deemed
to have been  given on the third day  after  the date  deposited  in the  United
States  mail.  A copy of each  notice  given to either  party  pursuant  to this
Section 11.5 shall be mailed simultaneously.

          12.5 Waiver. The waiver of any breach of any term or condition of this
Agreement  shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of any other breach of the
same or any other term or condition of this Agreement.

          12.6  Exhibits.  Exhibits A, B, C, D and E attached to this  Agreement
are by this  reference  fully  incorporated  in this  Agreement  and made a part
hereof.


Purchase and Sale Agreement for Hotel Properties                   Page 13 of 16


<PAGE>


          12.7 Governing Law. This Agreement  shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with the laws of the State of Utah.

          12.8  Attorney's  Fees.  In any  proceeding  brought to  enforce  this
Agreement or to determine  the rights of the parties under this  Agreement,  the
prevailing  party  shall be entitled  to  collect,  in addition to any  judgment
awarded by a court,  a  reasonable  sum as  attorneys'  fees,  and all costs and
expenses incurred in connection with such a lawsuit,  including attorneys' fees,
expenses of litigation, and costs of appeal. For purposes of this Agreement, the
prevailing  party shall be that party in whose favor final  judgment is rendered
or who substantially  prevails,  if both parties are awarded judgment.  The term
"proceeding" shall mean and include arbitration, administrative, bankruptcy, and
judicial proceedings, including appeals.

          12.9  Counterparts.  This  Agreement may be executed in  counterparts,
each of which shall be an original,  but all of which together shall  constitute
one and the same instrument.

          12.10 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

          12.11 Severability. The unenforceability,  invalidity,  illegality, or
termination  of any  provision  of this  Agreement  shall not  render  any other
provision of this  Agreement  unenforceable,  invalid,  or illegal and shall not
terminate  this  Agreement  or impair the rights or  obligations  of the parties
hereto  provided  the  essential  purposes  of this  Agreement  are not  thereby
thwarted.

          12.12  Captions.   Section  or  paragraph  titles  or  other  headings
contained in this Agreement are for convenience  only and shall not be a part of
this Agreement, nor considered in its interpretation.

          12.13 Brokerage  Commission and Finder's Fee. The Parties each warrant
to the  other  that no  person  or  entity  can  properly  claim  a  right  to a
commission,  finder's fee,  acquisition fee or other brokerage type compensation
based upon the acts or omissions  of that party with respect to the  transaction
contemplated by this Agreement.

          12.14  Facsimile  Transmission.  Facsimile  transmission of any signed
original  document,  and  retransmission  of any signed facsimile  transmission,
shall be the same as  transmission  of an original.  At the request of any party
hereto,  or the  Escrow  Agent,  the  parties  hereto  will  confirm  signatures
transmitted by facsimile by signing an original document.

          12.15 Further  Access.  The Parties  hereto shall perform such further
acts as may be  reasonably  necessary to carry out the intent and  provisions of
this Agreement.

          12.16  Authority.  Persons  signing  this  Agreement  on behalf of the
respective  parties personally warrant and represent that they are authorized to
execute this instrument and bind the respective parties hereto.


Purchase and Sale Agreement for Hotel Properties                   Page 14 of 16


<PAGE>


          12.17 Good Faith. In addition to complying with any specific standards
of conduct set forth herein,  each party hereto  represents  and warrants to the
other that such party has acted  toward the other in good  faith,  and agrees to
continue to so act, in the negotiation,  execution,  delivery,  performance, and
any termination of this Agreement.

     EXECUTED as of the date and year first above written.

               BOUNTIFUL INVESTMENT GROUP, INC., a Nevada corporation


               By: /s/ [illegible]
                   -----------------------------

               Its:  Authorized Agent
                     ---------------------------


               EAGLE ROCK FINANCE, L.C., a Utah limited liability company


               By: /s/ [illegible]
                   -----------------------------

               Its:  Manager
                     ---------------------------


State of ___________       )
                           )     ss.
County of ____________     )

     I   certify   that   I   know   or   have   satisfactory    evidence   that
__________________________,  a  representative  of BOUNTIFUL  INVESTMENT  GROUP,
INC., personally appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that he or she
signed  this  Purchase  and Sale  Agreement,  on oath  stated that he or she was
authorized to execute this Purchase and Sale agreement and acknowledged it to be
the free  and  voluntary  act of said  corporation  for the  uses  and  purposes
mentioned herein.

         SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me this 30th day of December, 1999.

                                        /s/ [illegible]
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Printed/Typed Name: [illegible]
                                                            -----------
                                        NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of
                                                    residing at
                                        ----------,              ---------------
                                        My commission expires
                                                              ------------------

                                                     [Notary Stamp]


Purchase and Sale Agreement for Hotel Properties                   Page 15 of 16


<PAGE>


State of ___________       )
                           )     ss.
County of ____________     )

     I   certify   that   I   know   or   have   satisfactory    evidence   that
__________________________   a  representative  of  EAGLE  ROCK  FINANCE,  L.C.,
personally  appeared  before me,  and said  person  acknowledged  that he or she
signed  this  Purchase  and Sale  Agreement,  on oath  stated that he or she was
authorized to execute this Purchase and Sale agreement and acknowledged it to be
the free  and  voluntary  act of said  corporation  for the  uses  and  purposes
mentioned herein.

     SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me this 31st day of December, 1999.

                                        /s/ [illegible]
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Printed/Typed Name: [illegible]
                                                            -----------
                                        NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of
                                                    residing at
                                        ----------,              ---------------
                                        My commission expires
                                                              ------------------

                                                     [Notary Stamp]

Purchase and Sale Agreement for Hotel Properties                   Page 16 of 16





                                                                   Exhibit 10.45


                                 PROMISSORY NOTE

1.   DEFINED TERMS. As used in this  Promissory  Note, the following terms shall
     have the following meanings:

     1.1  Borrower:   Stock  Market  Institute  of  Learning,   Inc.,  a  Nevada
          corporation, its successors and assigns.

     1.2  Lender: Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada, a Canadian  corporation,
          together with other holders from time to time of this Note.

     1.3. Guarantor(s): Wade Cook Financial Corporation, a Nevada corporation.

     1.4  Principal Sum: $3,000,000.

     1.5  Monthly Payment: $29,322.78.

     1.6  Date of Disbursement: December 22, 1999

     1.7  Interest Rate: 8.375% per annum.

     1.8  Default Rate: five percent (5%) more than the Interest Rate.

     1.9  Maturity Date: January 1, 2015.

     1.10 Amortization Period: Fifteen (15) years from the First Payment Date.

     1.11 Interest  Only Payment Date:  January 1, 2000,  being the first day of
          the first month after the Date of Disbursement.

     1.12 First  Payment  Date:  February  1,  2000,  being the first day of the
          second month after the Date of Disbursement.

     1.13 Lender's Payment  Address:  c/o Draper Hergert Shaw, Inc., 9706 Fourth
          Avenue N.E., Suite 201, Seattle, Washington 98115

     1.14 Permitted Prepayment Period: the period commencing on January 1, 2005,
          and ending on the Maturity Date, subject to and in accordance with the
          provisions of Paragraphs 12 and 13 of this Note,

     1.15 Mortgage:  a Deed of Trust,  Security  Agreement and Fixture Filing of
          even date with this Note  from  Borrower  to, or for the  benefit  of,
          Lender,  which secures  Borrower's  obligations  hereunder,  and which
          covers property in King County,  Washington,  and all modifications or
          amendments thereto or extensions thereof.

     1.16 Loan Documents,  Insurance  Proceeds,  Laws, Taking Proceeds,  Secured
          Debt, Property,  and Event of Default: shall have the same meanings as
          in the Mortgage.  The Loan Documents are  incorporated  herein by this
          reference.


<PAGE>


2.   DEBT. For value received,  Borrower promises to pay to the order of Lender,
     the  Principal  Sum with  interest  on  unpaid  principal  from the Date of
     Disbursement  at the  Interest  Rate.  Interest  shall be  calculated  on a
     360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

3.   PAYMENTS.  Borrower shall pay the Monthly  Payment to Lender  commencing on
     the First Payment Date and continuing on each monthly  anniversary  thereof
     until the  Maturity  Date.  If a payment  date is a  non-business  day, the
     Monthly Payment shall be due on the next business day. On the Interest Only
     Payment Date, Borrower shall pay the interest then due and accrued from the
     Date of Disbursement.

     On the Maturity  Date,  Borrower shall pay to Lender the entire then unpaid
     balance of principal and interest. Lender shall have no obligation, express
     or implied, to refinance the "balloon payment" then due.

     All payments shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America,
     in immediately  available funds, at Lender's  Payment  Address,  or at such
     other place as Lender may from time to time designate in writing.

4.   LATE CHARGE AND ADDITIONAL  INTEREST.  Borrower  recognizes that if it does
     not make the  Monthly  Payments  when due,  Lender  will  incur  additional
     administrative  expenses in  servicing  the loan,  will lose the use of the
     money due and will be  frustrated  in meeting its other  financial and loan
     commitments.  Lender and Borrower  acknowledge that different methods could
     be used to calculate  Lender's actual damages if the Monthly Payment is not
     made when due. To avoid  disputes  over which method shall apply,  Borrower
     agrees  that a late  charge  equal  to four  percent  (4%) of each  Monthly
     Payment which is not made when due is a reasonable  method for  calculating
     said  damages.  Borrower  shall pay such late charge to Lender  immediately
     after the due date for each Monthly Payment which is not made when due. The
     payment of such late  charge  shall not affect  Lender's  other  rights and
     remedies under this Note and the other Loan Documents.

     All  expenditures  by Lender  pursuant  to the Loan  Documents,  other than
     advances  of the  Principal  Sum,  which  are not  reimbursed  by  Borrower
     immediately  upon demand;  all amounts  remaining  due and unpaid after the
     Maturity  Date;  and any amounts  due and unpaid  after an Event of Default
     (including late charges) shall bear interest at the Default Rate until such
     amounts are paid to Lender.  Such payments sh3ll be in addition to the late
     charge described above.

5.   APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS. Unless Lender elects other/vise, all sums received
     by Lender in  payment  hereunder  shall be applied  first to late  charges,
     costs  of  collection  or  enforcement,  all  expenditures  made by  Lender
     pursuant to the Loan Documents,  and any other similar amounts due, if any,
     under this Note and the other Loan Documents,  then to amounts due pursuant
     to  Paragraph  13 of this Note,  then to interest  which is due and payable
     under this Note and the  remainder to principal  due and payable under this
     Note. If an Event of Default has occurred arid is continuing, such payments
     may be applied to sums due  hereunder or under the other Loan  Documents in
     any  order  and  combination  that  Lender  may,  in its  sole  discretion,
     determine.

6.   WAIVERS.  Borrower  waives  presentment  for  payment,  demand,  notice  of
     nonpayment,  notice of intention to  accelerate  the maturity of this Note,
     diligence in collection,


                                       2

<PAGE>


     commencement of suit against any obligor, notice of protest, and protest of
     this  Note  and  all  other  notices  in  connection   with  the  delivery,
     acceptance,  performance,  default or  enforcement  of the  payment of this
     Note,  before or after  maturity  of this Note,  with or without  notice to
     Borrower,  and agrees that Borrower's  liability shall not be in any manner
     affected  by  any  indulgence,   extension  of  time,  renewal,  waiver  or
     modification  granted or consented to by Lender.  Borrower  consents to any
     and all extensions of time, renewals,  waivers or modifications that may be
     granted by Lender with respect to the payment or other  provisions  of this
     Note,  and to any  substitution,  exchange or release of the collateral for
     this  Note,  or any part  thereof,  with or  without  substitution  of said
     collateral,  and agrees to the  addition or release of any  guarantor,  all
     whether primarily or secondarily  liable,  before or after maturity of this
     Note, with or without notice to Borrower,  and without affecting Borrower's
     liability under this Note.

7.   NO USURY. Lender and Borrower intend to comply at all times with applicable
     usury laws.  If, at any time,  such laws would render  usurious any amounts
     called for under this Note or the other Loan  Documents,  it is  Borrower's
     and Lender's express intention that Borrower shall never be required to pay
     interest on this Note at a rate in excess of the  maximum  lawful rate then
     allowed.  The  provisions of this  Paragraph 7 shall control over all other
     provisions  of this  Note and the  other  Loan  Documents  which  may be in
     apparent  conflict  hereunder.  Any  excess  amount  shall  be  immediately
     credited on the  principal  balance of this Note (or, if this Note has been
     fully paid,  refunded by Lender to  Borrower),  and the  provisions  hereof
     shall be immediately reformed, and the amounts thereafter collectible under
     this Note shall be reduced,  without the  necessity of the execution of any
     further documents,  so as to comply with the then applicable law, but so as
     to permit the  recovery of the fullest  amount  otherwise  called for under
     this Note. Any such crediting or refund shall not cure or waive any default
     by Borrower under this Note or the other Loan  Documents.  Borrower  agrees
     that in determining  whether or not any interest payable under this Note or
     the other Loan  Documents  exceeds the highest rate not  prohibited by law,
     any non-principal payment (except payments specifically stated in this Note
     or in the  other  Loan  Documents  to be  "interest"),  including,  without
     limitation,  prepayment  indemnification  and late charges,  shall,  to the
     maximum   extent  not   prohibited   by  law,  be  an   expense,   fee,  or
     indemnification  amount rather than interest.  The term "applicable law" as
     used in this Note shall mean the laws of the state in which the Property is
     located or the laws of the United States,  whichever laws allow the greater
     rate of  interest,  as such laws now exist or may be  changed or amended or
     come into effect in the future.

8.   ACCELERATION AND OTHER REMEDIES.  The rights and remedies of Lender are set
     forth in the other Loan  Documents  and include,  without  limitation,  the
     right to declare the Secured Debt,  including the principal balance of this
     Note and accrued interest,  immediately due and payable in case of an Event
     of Default.

9.   JOINTAND,  SEVERAL  LIABILITY.  If there is more  than  one  Borrower,  the
     obligations and covenants of each Borrower shall be joint and several.

10.  AMENDMENTS.  This Note may not be changed or amended orally, but only by an
     agreement  in writing,  signed by the party  against  whom  enforcement  is
     sought.

11.  GOVERNING  LAW.  This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance
     with the laws of the state in which the Property is located.


                                       3

<PAGE>


12.  PREPAYMENT.  Except as set forth herein below, Borrower shell have no right
     to prepay,  and Lender shall have no obligation to accept tendered payments
     of, any portion of the unpaid  Principal  Sum  outstanding  under this Note
     prior to the beginning of the  Permitted  Prepayment  Period.  Borrower may
     prepay the entire unpaid Principal Sum (but not any lesser amount except as
     set forth herein  below) (the  "Amount  Prepaid"),  with  accrued  interest
     thereon to the date of prepayment,  on any date on which a Monthly  Payment
     is due after the beginning of the Permitted  Prepayment Period, Upon thirty
     (30) days'.  prior  written  notice to Lender of its  intention  to prepay,
     provided  that Borrower  pays,  at the time of  prepayment  and in addition
     thereto,  the amounts  required to be paid pursuant to Paragraph 13 of this
     Note and all other sums due under  this Note and the other Loan  Documents.
     The date fixed for  prepayment  in such notice  shall  become the  Maturity
     Date,  except  that for the  purpose of  calculating  the  amounts  payable
     pursuant to  Paragraph 13 of this Note,  the  Maturity  Date shall mean the
     date set forth in  Paragraph  1.9 of this  Note.  Notwithstanding  anything
     contained in this  Paragraph 12 and in Paragraph 13 below to the  contrary,
     at any  time  after  the  Date  of  Disbursement,  including  prior  to the
     Permitted  Prepayment Period,  Borrower may prepay in any one calendar year
     ten  percent  (10%) of the  principal  balance of this Note  which  remains
     unpaid on  January 1 of said  calendar  year,  on a  non-cumulative  basis,
     without payment of the amounts required to be paid pursuant to Paragraph 13
     of this  Note.  The total  amount  which  may be  prepaid  pursuant  to the
     preceding sentence is $1,000,000.

13.  PREPAYMENT  INDEMNIFICATION.  Borrower shall  indemnify  Lender against any
     loss,  damage and expense Lender incurs if the unpaid Principal Sum is paid
     prior to the  Maturity  Date for any  reason  except  (i) a payment  of the
     entire unpaid Principal Sum, with accrued and unpaid interest,  made within
     ninety (90) days of the Maturity Date or (ii) any  application by Lender of
     Insurance  Proceeds or Taking  Proceeds to  reduction  of the Secured  Debt
     pursuant to the other Loan Documents.  Lender and Borrower acknowledge that
     different methods could be used to calculate Lender's actual damages if the
     unpaid  Principal Sum is paid prior to the Maturity Date. To avoid disputes
     over which  method  shall apply,  Borrower  agrees that the  following is a
     reasonable method to calculate damages in such case, and Borrower shall pay
     to Lender a prepayment premium in an amount equal to the greater of:

     (a) two percent (2%) of the then unpaid Principal Sum; or

     (b)  the  Discounted  Yield  Maintenance  Prepayment  Fee,  as  hereinafter
          defined.  For  purposes  of this  Paragraph  13,  the  term  "Treasury
          Security"  shall mean the U.S.  Treasury  bill,  note or bond having a
          maturity date most closely  equivalent  to the Maturity  Date. If more
          than one such  bill,  note or bond  matures  in the same  month as the
          Maturity  Date,  the bill,  note or bond with a coupon  interest  rate
          closest to the  Interest  Rate  shall be the  Treasury  Security.  For
          purposes of this  Paragraph 13, the term  "Treasury  Yield" shall mean
          the per annum yield to maturity of the Treasury Security, as published
          in the Wall Street  Journal on the fifth (5th)  business  day prior to
          the date of prepayment.

          If  the  Interest  Rate  is  greater  than  the  Treasury  Yield,  the
          difference  between the Interest Rate and the Treasury  Yield shall be
          divided by twelve (12) and multiplied by the then unpaid Principal Sum
          to determine the monthly payment


                                       4

<PAGE>


          differential.  The  present  value of the  series of  monthly  payment
          differentials for the number of whole and partial months from the date
          of  prepayment  to the  Maturity  Date shall be  calculated  using the
          Treasury Yield as the discount rate, compounded monthly. The resulting
          sum of all the discounted monthly payment  differentials  shall be the
          Discounted Yield Maintenance Prepayment Fee.

          If the Interest Rate is equal to or less than the Treasury Yield,  the
          prepaym6nt  premium  shall  be two  percent  (2%) of the  then  unpaid
          Principal Sum.

          In addition to the foregoing prepayment premium, Borrower shall pay to
          Lender  on  account  of such  prepayment  the  amount  (the  "Lender's
          Reinvestment Expense"), as reasonably estimated by Lender, of Lender's
          reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in re-investing the Amount
          Prepaid,  including,  without  limitation,  transaction and processing
          fees and  costs,  legal  fees and  brokerage  expenses,  and  Lender's
          expenses in terminating any servicing agreement related to the loan.

14.  ACCELERATION INDEMNIFICATION. If the Maturity Date is accelerated by Lender
     because of the  occurrence  of an Event of  Default,  Lender  will  sustain
     damages due to the loss of its  investment.  Borrower  therefore  agrees to
     pay, at the time of  acceleration,  in addition to all other sums due under
     this  Note  and  the  other  Loan  Documents,  as  liquidated  damages,  an
     acceleration premium in an amount equal to the greater of:

     (a)  three percent (3%) of the then unpaid Principal Sum; or

     (b)  the  Discounted  Yield  Maintenance  Prepayment  Fee,  as  defined  in
          Paragraph 13 of this Note.

     In addition to the foregoing  acceleration  premium,  Borrower shall pay to
     Lender on account of such acceleration  Lender's  Reinvestment  Expense, as
     defined in Paragraph 13 of this Note.

15.  NONRECOURSE DEBT. Borrower shall be liable upon the indebtedness  evidenced
     by this Note, for all sums to accrue or to become  payable  thereon and for
     performance of all covenants  contained in this Note or in any of the other
     Loan Documents, to the extent, but only to the extent, of Lender's security
     for the  same,  including,  without  limitation,  all  properties,  rights,
     estates and interests covered by the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents.
     No attachment,  execution or other writ or process shall be sought,  issued
     or levied upon any assets,  properties or funds of Borrower  other than the
     properties, rights, estates and interests described in the Mortgage and the
     other Loan Documents.  In the event of foreclosure of such liens, mortgages
     or security interests,  by private power of sale or otherwise,  no judgment
     for any deficiency upon such indebtedness, sums and amounts shall be sought
     or obtained by Lender against Borrower.  Subject to the foregoing,  nothing
     herein  contained  shall be construed to prevent Lender from exercising and
     enforcing  any other remedy  relating to the Property  allowed at law or in
     equity or by any statute or by the terms of any of the Loan Documents.

     Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Borrower  shall be  personally  liable to
     Lender for:


                                       5

<PAGE>


     (a)  any  damages,  losses,  liabilities,  costs  or  expenses  (including,
          without limitation,  attorneys' fees) incurred by Lender due to any of
          the  following:  (i) any security  deposits of tenants of the Property
          (not previously applied to remedy tenant defaults) which have not been
          paid over to  Lender;  (ii) any  rents  prepaid  by any  tenant of the
          Property  more than one (1)  month in  advance;  (iii)  any  insurance
          proceeds or  condemnation  awards received by Borrower and not applied
          according to the terms of the  Mortgage;  (iv) repairs to the Property
          resulting  fr6m casualty not  reimbursed  by insurance,  to the extent
          insurance   coverage  for  such  repairs  was  required  by  the  Loan
          Documents;  (v) fraud, material  misrepresentation or bad faith on the
          part of Borrower; (vi) any event or circumstance for which Borrower is
          obligated to indemnify  Lender  under the  provisions  of the Mortgage
          respecting  Hazardous  Substances,  Contamination  or Clean-Up;  (vii)
          waste of the Property by  Borrower;  (vii)  Borrower's  failure to pay
          real estate taxes or other assessments  against the Property;  or (ix)
          Borrower's  failure to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act
          of 1990, as amended, or any other Laws; and

     (b)  all rents,  issues and profits from the Property collected by Borrower
          after an Event of Default has occurred and is  continuing  or after an
          event or  circumstance  has occurred and is continuing  which with the
          passage of time or the giving of notice,  or both, would constitute an
          Event of Default, unless such rents, issues and profits are applied to
          the normal operating expenses of the Property or to the Secured Debt.

          Lender  shall not be  limited  in any way in  enforcing  the  personal
          liability and obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents against
          Borrower,  nor sh,311  Lender be limited in any way in  enforcing  the
          personal  liability and  obligations of any guarantor or indemnitor in
          accordance with the terms of the instruments creating such liabilities
          and obligations.

16.  SECURITY.  This  Note  is  secured  by the  other  Loan  Documents  and all
     amendments, modifications, supplements, substitutions, additions, renewals,
     replacements and extensions thereof.

17.  COLLECTION.  Any check,  draft,  money order or other  instrument  given in
     payment of all or any portion of the Secured Debt may be accepted by Lender
     and handled by collection in the customary  manner,  but the same shall not
     constitute payment hereunder or diminish any rights of Lender except to the
     extent that actual cash  proceeds of such  instrument  are  unconditionally
     received by Lender and applied to the Secured Debt in the manner  elsewhere
     herein provided.  Acceptance by Lender of actual cash proceeds of less than
     the total amount of the Secured  Debt shall not  constitute  acceptance  of
     such  partial  payment in  satisfaction  of the total amount of the Secured
     Debt, including, without limitation, the amounts payable to Lender pursuant
     to Paragraph 13 of this Note.

18.  ATTORNEYS'FEES.  Upon any Event of  Default,  Borrower  shall pay all costs
     incurred by Lender in the course of  collection of sums due under this Note
     or in  enforcing  any  of  Borrower's  other  obligations  under  the  Loan
     Documents,  including,  without limitation,  reasonable attorneys' fees and
     expenses, whether or not suit is filed by Lender.


                                       6

<PAGE>


19.  REGISTRATION.  This  Note  shall  be  deemed  to be in  registered  form at
     Lender's  sole  election.  Such  election  may be made at any time  without
     endorsement  of this Note or any other action by Borrower.  Borrower  shall
     recognize any such election  and, upon request by Lender,  shall  cooperate
     with Lender to facilitate the consummation of such election.

20.  YEAR  2000  PROBLEM.  Borrower  has  reviewed  and  assessed  its  business
     operations and computer  systems and applications to address the "Year 2000
     Problem"  (that  is,  that  computer  applications  and  equipment  used by
     Borrower,  directly or indirectly  through third parties,  may be unable to
     properly perform date-sensitive  functions before, during and after January
     1, 2000).  Borrower reasonably believes that the Year 2000 Problem will not
     result in a  material  adverse  change  in  Borrower's  business  condition
     (financial or otherwise), operations, properties or prospects or ability to
     repay Lender.  Borrower will  promptly  deliver to Lender such  information
     relating to this representation at Lender's requests from time to time.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Note has been executed and delivered this 20th day
of December, 1999.

BORROWER:

STOCK MARKET INSTITUTE OF LEARNING, INC.,
 a Nevada corporation


By:  /s/ Wade B. Cook
    -------------------------------------

Name: /s/ Wade B. Cook
     ------------------------------------

Title: President
       ----------------------------------




                                       7


                                                                   Exhibit 10.46
                    PROMISSORY NOTE SECURED BY DEED OF TRUST

Los Angeles, California
June, 1999

     In consideration of a loan from HABIB AMERICAN BANK (hereinafter  "Lender")
the undersigned (hereinafter "Borrower"), Borrower hereby promises to pay to the
order of Lender at its office in Los Angeles,  California, or at any other place
that may be  designated  in  writing by  Lender,  in lawful  money of the United
States of America, the sum of five hundred sixty thousand dollars ($560,000.00),
plus any and all interest  thereon as stated  herein.  The unpaid balance of the
loan will bear  interest at the rate of the  National  Prime Rate,  which at the
time of execution of this Promissory Note is 7.75% per annum, and which is based
on the Prime Rate  published  in the Wall Street  Journal,  plus  1.25%,  not to
exceed 10% during the first five years of the loan, calculated on the basis of a
360 day year and the number of days elapsed.

     Principal  and interest  shall be paid  monthly and due monthly  commencing
thirty  days from the date of this  Note.  The amount of the  payments  shall be
determined by a ten-year  amortization  of the original  amount of the loan. The
first such payment shall be in the amount of $7,093.84.  All remaining principal
and any accrued unpaid interest shall be due on June 10, 2004 ("Maturity Date").

     This Note is secured by the Deed of Trust, Security Agreement,  and Fixture
Filing,  with  Assignment of Rents and Agreements of the same date as this Note,
executed by Borrower,  as trustor,  in favor of Lender, as beneficiary ("Deed of
Trust"),  and  encumbering  the  real  property  described  in the Deed of Trust
("Property").  The holder of this Note will be entitled  to the  benefits of the
security  provided  by the Deed of Trust and will have the right to enforce  the
covenants and agreements of Borrower contained in the Deed of Trust.

     From and after the  Maturity  Date,  or an  earlier  date on which all sums
owing under this Note become due by  acceleration  or otherwise,  all sums owing
under this Note will bear  interest  until paid in full at a rate equal to three
percent  (3%) per annum in excess of the  National  Prime Rate  specified  above
("Default Rate").

     All  payments  on this Note will be  applied  first to the  payment  of any
costs,  fees,  late charges,  or other charges  incurred in connection  with the
indebtedness  evidenced by this Note; next, to the payment of accrued  interest;
then to the  reduction  of the  principal  balance;  or in any other  order that
Lender requires.

     If:

          (a) Borrower fails to pay when due any sums payable under this Note;

          (b) an uncured Event of Default (defined in the Deed of Trust) occurs;
or


                                       1

<PAGE>


          (c) any other event or condition  occurs that,  under the terms of the
Deed of Trust,  gives rise to a right of  acceleration  of sums owing under this
Note,

then Lender,  at its sole option,  will have the right to declare all sums owing
under the Note  immediately due.  However,  if any document related to this Note
provides  for the  automatic  acceleration  of payment of sums owing  under this
Note, all sums owing will be  automatically  due in accordance with the terms of
that document.

     Borrower  will have the right to pay,  without  penalty or premium,  on any
monthly payment date, all or any portion of the outstanding  principal amount of
this Note prior to the Maturity Date. Lender will apply all prepayments first to
the payment of any costs,  fees,  late  charges,  or other  charges  incurred in
connection with the indebtedness evidenced by this Note; next, to the payment of
accrued  interest;  then to the  outstanding  principal  amount  of this Note in
inverse order of maturity,  or, at the option of Lender, in the regular order of
maturity; or in any other order that Lender requires.

     Borrower  will pay to  Lender  all  sums  owing  under  this  Note  without
deduction,  offset, or counterclaim of any kind,  provided however that Borrower
does not waive the right to assert any counterclaim  byway of a judicial action.
The  relationship  of  Borrower  and Lender  under  this Note is solely  that of
borrower and lender, and the loan evidenced by this Note and secured by the Deed
of Trust  will in no  manner  make  Lender  the  partner  or joint  venturer  of
Borrower.

     If any attorney is engaged by Lender to enforce or construe  any  provision
of this Note,  the Deed of Trust,  or the other Loan  Documents  (defined in the
Deed of Trust) or as a  consequence  of any uncured  Event of  Default,  with or
without  the  filing  of any legal  action or  proceeding,  then  Borrower  will
immediately pay to Lender on demand all reasonable attorney fees and other costs
incurred by Lender,  together  with  interest  from the date of the demand until
paid at the Default Rate.

     No previous  waiver or failure or delay by Lender in acting with respect to
the terms of this  Note,  the Deed of Trust,  or the other Loan  Documents  will
constitute a waiver of any breach,  default,  or failure of condition under this
Note, the Deed of Trust,  or the other Loan  Documents.  A waiver of any term of
this  Note,  the Deed of Trust,  or the  other  Loan  Documents  must be made in
writing and will be limited to the express written terms of the waiver. If there
are any  inconsistencies  between the terms of this Note and the terms of any of
the other Loan Documents, the terms of this Note will prevail.

     All notice  required or permitted in  connection  with this Note will be in
writing and will be given at the place and in the manner provided in the Deed of
Trust for the giving of notices.

     The persons executing this instrument  represent and confirm that this loan
and the related Deed of Trust are duly  authorized by Borrower.  Borrower waives
presentment;  demand;  notice of  dishonor;  notice of default  or  delinquency;
notice of  acceleration;  notice of  protest  and  nonpayment;  notice of costs,
expenses,  or losses and  interest;  notice of  interest  on  interest  and late
charges; and diligence in taking any action to collect any sums owing under this
Note or in


                                       2

<PAGE>


proceeding against any of the rights or interests to properties securing payment
of this Note.  Time is of the essence  with  respect to every  provision of this
Note.  This Note will be construed  and enforced in accordance  with  California
law,  except to the extent that Federal laws pre-empt state law, and all persons
and entities in any manner obligated under this Note consent to the jurisdiction
of any Federal or State Court  within  California  having  proper venue and also
consent to service of process by any means  authorized  by California or Federal
law.

                        Quantum Marketing, Inc., a Nevada corporation


                        By /s/ [illegible]
                           -------------------------------------------



                                       3





<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                           DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-END>                                DEC-31-1999
<CASH>                                           1,854
<SECURITIES>                                     1,914
<RECEIVABLES>                                    1,212
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                      2,597
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                10,200
<PP&E>                                          12,098
<DEPRECIATION>                                       0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  33,605
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           12,989
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                            64
<OTHER-SE>                                      33,605
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                         0
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                84,128
<CGS>                                           40,517
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   40,517
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                50,869
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               1,753
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 (6,656)
<INCOME-TAX>                                    (2,853)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             (3,748)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    (3,748)
<EPS-BASIC>                                       (.06)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     (.06)



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission